Ariel! <<>> heen eee tactile Sa ae OCCASIONAL PAPERS OF THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM OF POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY VOLUME WY. HONOLULU, H.I. BISHOP MUSEUM PRESS. igre Th the I ffs OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Basal pagination; p.c. indicates that the illustration was from a postcard. PAR L I PAGE PLESSIS PAN 11. BOL DCS «talon cc acted tec ciclo sowie Sle a eicle nels clerns gat clewlaae 5 PRCT yAATTITS: HOTDES Joost 26 src tiovs's) so tcelereye nies s vie eciac ws ae Gale Mens 7 Pe LMOUcAn tH DELCIIata, FOLDES. © - + oc crsica vivle seis wissen; stele © sl.cie ese aides 9 PETE At DACVIFOlIA, HOLDES: <>< << ot 5 cacsials.eem cine es os sp nas 5 lve 'cleg II Peed, 1H Wlata, WHOLDES- «~~ <= 90.100 sielelm oie eles 6 ele erine 20 acest x's eisiei sie 13 PARSE. oii MEE font Kaimlat Colle CtOM iss «= sc. sles scieye = stacs ous ale eietelereie eke eae 202 BOn elnterniot on, Nordislea sMarseet sss.) c.cy-ioteseicislaiciie ol eaeverereicle fara terete tienen 203 Sia GVLOMIMtatzett IMETGe Tita, IW@Sleatits a siete rrest-ts ejeicl vie) sve) enerehenete eieletetaneeeane 207 52. National Museum, Budapest ASME ionic o ethos Seater Svspave, aievs weiGhey eran 208 53. Agricultural Mgseum, Park, Budapests. 201246 sis« cit c'essi.5> = eee Bie 5A. Lnterion of Agmenl tinal MiniSe til. brecrets nor: less lleteisle oe cits ae eee 213 55s eldininearian wNational IMiiWSetit: ete ssc elec + cyetels sloienine st alertei tee eee 214 EOte LOhM USS Uta) VACIITAL: <>, 5 cy ol clatnie tierce Scie o eeeue scene eee Oe ene ea ee 215 y/o oa) Obese eh eeb ch Auls (ee Seen R eno Gooding ONO G5 50 Siam ocannesJ6 osiae oss: 216 List of Mlustrations. V PAGE Zwinger, PVPS Cbleereta dealt taser o aisie cuccetaha re) a lavete vena aicte"aveleteie, char chaveten san fevers 220 Dr. Arnold Jacobi---- +--+. eee e eee e ee ete eee cece cent cece eee eens 221 Grassi Museum, Leipzig ------------ eee ee eee eee eee eee cee eee 222 Dr. Karl Weule. (p.c. ) Byeva/eanaverekove lelatner sierereiat cheta a lel ebeie tera ctolaleiepanel svenshere a 223 Stairway in Grassi Museum .... ---- 2 --- see nese cence cee ee sence’ 224 Marquesan CULV EMG POR we wicic als claleiocel, clnieeieisajeverevs ia lalate oieeyia wllove orenererere ave 225 Buchgewerbehaus, Leipzig. (p.C.)--seee ee eee eee cece ee cece ee eee 226 Gutenberghalle in Buchgewerbehaus. (p.C.)--++-++e+e esse eeeeee 226 Museum fur Volkerkunde, Berlin ....---..-.scccccceceracescesses 227 Gallery in Meereskunde Museum, Berlin ------ +--+ +--+ sees eeeeee 228 Ships of the line at anchor in harbor -.---.-++-+- eee seen eee eee 231 Model of Hamburg harbor (part) .---.---- +22 eee cece cece ee eens 232 ee EAIGTCEE Or Sitiaty SOL RCO SC An eral epelelahals ioe) elareleieielalelale eleteel tetas 233 Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum, Cologne-.---- +--+ +++. .e+++++e eee 234 Stairway in Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum ..---.----+++++ eee eee 234 Upper stairway Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum..---.----.++++-++-+- 235 African Hall, Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum.-.-.--.---+--+.+++. sees. 235 Bismarck Archipelago collection, Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum -. 237 New Caledonian collection, Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum -...---- 238 Micronesian collection, Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum....----.--- 239 Examples of free standing caseS---- +--+. eee ee eects eee e renee 240 Toni SFE erica 5 wah el olscabilayel (ela oimee aoc HOco como raoncn DC oBe A Ucar Omniac ome 241 Plain table case Open.---------- eee ee cece cece ee cece n cee ee ences 242 lait ta ple CASE ClOSECIk« ce! ¢ i etaye cviate le! cue olevafele ale = oel ature) ofnimindefesn sls lole 242 Senckenbergischer Museum, Frankfurt am Main. (p.c.)-------- 243 Volkerkunde Museum, Frankfurt am Main.......-....--++eeeees 244 raises bral CoE VII SE TLATAE s,s: c,'rl era, ©) wyaijs' su, ose Wicbinee caetole. hetaicba) sMvlorotematenetad Peienatats 245 Dr. R. Hagen and Mr. F.C. A. Sarg. ee cece cece cece cece ee ene 246 WERT CALV EC DO « 2 =:nis 16 siscorcrevan « rJalate otaterore olelaue/® = elena lal shale ie kota tate/ alata 247 Paris Museum of Natural History, upper hall -.--.----++++-++++--- 248 Paris Museum of Natural History, lower hall..---.+.+++.++++++++ 248 Trocadero, Paris, from Eifel Tower ----.-..+.-ee+ cece cece cee eees 249 Musée Guimet, Paris «2... 5 cece er ce cower cece recess sereccree 251 Palais Longchamps, Marseilles ---+ +--+ +++ eeeeee teeee cece eee 252 Chateau Borély, Marseilles... +++ ssee cess cece cece ee eee teen eee 253 Musée Oceanographique de Monaco -- +--+ eee ee cece reece rere 254 Central Hall looking towards the Auditorium ---. +--+ ++++++++++- 256 astern Ela lls fiESt HOOK clea onal are elevates! evapo cieim iv ni sieln'ee¥shaja‘elaiels ste ein 258 Eastern Hall, ground floor...--.--eseeeeee cece ee cee e eee e ee eens 260 PICU ALG TALL ETLa, 2 o.oo 0 div) oA av erate vie cis/aba x ordiavptacal'e! a.0)0'em' aloe epiel s, n,0, wise’ a i ayo sia) sina 262 MU SEtt tt ACO TherSGEaee ce ernie © vise crate. nuelaiu! Ain wialaial aloyeree!axere 0) siese) sy) Winis (oloms 263 Vesuvius from Pompeii, 1912. (C. M. Wilson. ).---+-++++++eeee+: 266 Observatory on Vesuvius. (F. A. Perret. )---+ +--+ seer reer eeeees 267 Dr. G. Mercalli, Director of Observatory «----+eeeeee sees reer eee 269 Crater of Vesuvius, 1912. (F. A. Perret.)...----+eeeesseeeee cee 270 On camels to consult the Sphinx. Director and Secretary «--.-.- 272 RICHTIG TLE oo bio 0m ano wea s. obs leila in \wlnlereiel icaip sivieleyh wolaln ores) alba Silo etate 275 Raffles Museum and Tibrary «-++sseeeeee cece ee cence nee enn ennes 276 Entrance hall of the museum ..-+- cece cece ee cer eee coerce eeeees 277 Group of Tropic-birds. -- ++ see cece cece eee ee ce eeee et eeeee cene sees 279 A Hall of the: Riafiles MUSEU > obi as'a,ateeiw « siete dus dyoinin ne: sep ane’ ale's 279 Dr. Richard Hanitsch, Director ..--- -cecceccccseccccssreeececees 281 Rickshaw in Singapore. (6 0) Ge 282 Batavia? Catial it: O1d tOWN sviee ccc ciceice conc adee ventas eeeid veins sens 283 Business street in Batavia: «+++ ee ce ccc r even eccete covers vesnsscees 283 Gunung Salak from Hotel Bellevue, Buitenzorg «+ --.ee eee eee cere 285 Driveway through ferns, Buitenzorg «++eeeeeeere reece tere eeeees 256 vi TiS 116. TL. 118. 11g. 120. I20. 122. WAR 124. 125. 126. 1275 128. 129. 130. it Bit 1225 133. 134. 135. 136. Laz 138. 139. 140. I4I. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. T61. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166, 167. 168, 169, 170. it 7/it List of Mlustrations. Canarium Avenue, Buitenzorg Garden --.-.----- sees ce eeee ee eeee Jekoyblhane nial wal feraeGlevot cBocedooKudD0o oooddODS4b00 ododunoUboan dob o5dc Lake with Governor’s residence «.--.2+22. 26012200 cece ee cree eens Roadside tye awithl f1Ce POTS se <1<) states elo \e/e) anata « wv (ye 10 Slam ola o alee IniGIn joornGl teaie (Cewrircecas oocod oobo0d bU00 GO DENG GUOD badDenadEo as Bainbu anklong. (W. T. B.).---- cee ecceee cece neces sncensccce Paimpine batik, at Ganoet v= ears eres = 5) miele aerie\rlaie\ «i ajalcicis vm» ajasoinia mtelele Crater of Papandajan. (Kurkdjian.)..--..-++. eee eeee cece ee eeee Rice mields an arias pace) errs = ele\e lta ia ace) via) steira = oi2)fs\patopa’ rin) lees) erate BOTKOPS OCU OE tectertlersiessyecensetaiovere is) aces vee ce fotaeravics eltesollovaytetexevence el chatskoeeteterate (Ohial ae wesmeaee, Mone) Iieyeelareren oon co Ooo CGO Sono OO DOON OOCUODHODOSS One of the stairways .--- +--+. ese cece en cee cece ee cece en ce eeee rene MUTECEHOOL DB OLOMBOEG OEM cc -yelsaterstele ate (elevetelerel fects Doone Gubooo dsonousdonds Tahitian stone pounder «0.2.0 220s. cece sree eee scence ccct en meas Canterbury Museum, Christchurch..... ---- +--+ eseseeseceee cans Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director. ..-.-.eeeeee cece ce cece eee e cece cece JENKIN ON! ala somos aibhoul Gon an oaadso oocOnoOoobm OdonGo boo odD soGus ope Maori hall in Canterbury Museum ---- +--+. +eeeee eee ee rece ees Moa skeletons, Canterbury Museum. .-----eeeee eee ee cece rene eee Stick god in Bloxam collection..-.-++-++ seeeee cece cece cere ee eens Otago Museum, Dunedin.......--2-.ecee ee cece ee cece ec eccee eens DeeNVeuB Retina @ Ucatois aia crete s clam at & sivas veleg Sein epee hte Terminal face of the Muller Glacier, (p.c.)-++-++- ester eee ee cree Mt. Cook and Hermitage. (p.€.)-++eeeeee ee ee cece e ee cece eeees Bridge over Hooker River. (p.C.)---seeeeecceeee cece ee tees eeees Hooker River passing under Muller Glacier. (p.c.)--+++--+++--- Mud volcano at Waiotapu. (Tempest Anderson.) ---.---++++++++ Awekland: MASE, T9130 520. . sa ccc neue tineseaseras osleieitaeias - Dire te Wa Cheeseman, IIe CtOm eiteielole tnceh ote fot i ere al oie ated ate 457 Wevesat vortihel, Wire bites oogodweod Soe ono ano sono oma dese D HS 2: 461 BE bene atelell Shirish pono nose eeopeI trod on oon Doct mae 463 Bernice Pauahi Bishop IM Getren hues Gore or PO OOO DOGO MOG Dea ooo m2 468 4 © hawt OVA vf Ad CM Fatt Raa ey ae ay ry aE ¢ Le P OD Def oof 7 ‘ . 7 ‘ y ‘ Le 7 : ‘ a BOARD OF TRUSTEES “ALBERT F. Jupp - - : - . - President E. Faxon BisHop : : - - Vice-President J. M. DowsETT - - . - - . Treasurer ALFRED W. CARTER -— - - - - -. Secretary HENRY Hommes, SAMUEL M. DAMON, WILLIAM O. SMITH MUSEUM STAFF WiLLiAm T. BrRIGHAM, Sc.D. (Columbia) - - Director WititiaAmM H. DAL, PH.D. -. Honorary Curator of Mollusea Joun F.G. Stoxres - - Curator of Polynesian Ethnology » C. MonTAGUE CooKE, PH.D, (Yale) - Curator of Pulmonata Orto H. SwEzEyY - -. Honorary Curator of Entomology CHARLES N. FoRBES -. - . - - Curator of Botany — Joun W. THOMPSON -. - = - Artist and Modeler Miss 8 MHiecing’ 6 Sco ke eC Db pee JoHN J. GREENE - - - : + - . Printer AUGUST PERRY - eye ve - - Assistant Printer +! jes EXHIBITION STAFF Mrs, HELEN M. HELVIE - : - Superintendent JAMES KALEI F - : - - - Janitor “Joun ‘Lune Ceune* \ eo. : i ‘ ~. Janitor” SAMUEL WILLIAMS — - - - - - - Janitor | OCCASIONAL -PAPERS ‘Op WiiaGe BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY. VoL. V.— No. I. New Hawauan Plants.—lll. Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. LIBRARY NEW YORK BOTANICAL GAKVDEN. HONOLULU, H. I. BisHorp MuSEUM PRESS. IQI2. OF >. ot Pais a? he, < “Way i ee a p » . FORB wt. Z a < 4 New Hawatian Plants. Hibiscus kahilii, sp. nov. Arbor 75-90 dm. alta; foliis ellipticis vel cuneiformis, serratis, scabru- pubescentibus, 5-6 cm. longis, 2.5-.5 cm. latis; petiolis pubescentibus, .5-I em. longis. Flores solitarii, axillares; pedunculis pubescentibus, articulatis prope summis, I.5-2 cm. longis; involucro-bracteis lanceolatis, pubescentibus, II mm. longis; calyce tomentosi, tubulato, breyi dentato, marginati, 2.5—2.7 em. longo; petalis oblongo-spatulatis, rubris, extus pubescentibus, 6.5 cm. longis, 11 mm. latis; columna staminea 5 cm. longa, stylis hirsutis, 9 mm. longis. Capsula ignota. Type locality, near the Wahiawa swamp, on the slopes of Kahili, Kauai. Specimens first collected by Mr. J. M. Lydgate a number of years ago. C. N. Forbes, No. 259, K. August, 1909. A tree 75-90 dm. high. Leaves elliptical to cuneiform, serrate on the upper two-thirds, lower third generally entire, scabro pubes- cent, 5-6 cm. long, 2.5-3.5 cm. wide; with pubescent petioles of .5-1 cm. long. Flowers solitary in the axils; with pubescent peduncles, articulate near the top, 1.5-2 cm. long. Involucral bracts lanceolate, pubescent, 11 mm. long. Calyx pubescent, tubular, marginate, shortly dentate, 2.5-2.7 cm. long. Petals ob- long-spatulate, red, pubescent on the outside, 6.5 cm. long, 11 mm. wide. Staminal column 5 cm. long. Styles hirsute, 9 mm. long. Capsule unknown. This species differs from //. kokzo Hillebr. in its pubescent calyx, and in other minor characters. A red hibiscus growing on Hauopu, Kauai, although very different in habit, has flowers very similar, and is probably a variety. Another specimen, originally from Napali, which has been under cultivation a number of years in Mr. Lydgate’s garden at Lihue, Kauai, is probably another species, or distinct variety. It has much shorter involucral bracts, and a wider corolla of a different shade of red. As I have never seen it in its native locality, I hesitate to describe it at present. I observed still another form, growing on the cliffs near Kalalau, which I was unable to obtain, which had a staminal column which protruded beyond the petals. HIBISCUS KAHILII FORBES. 6 New Hawatian Plants. Kadua fluviatilis, sp. nov. Frutex 6-9 dm. alta; foliis lanceolatis, acuminatis, basi acuminata, glabris, 21 cm. longis, 4.5 cm. latis, cum petiolis 2.5 cm. longis; stipulis triangularis, mucronatis. Flores axillares vel sub-axillares; pedicellis 2.5 vel 4 cm. longis; calycis lobis lanceolatis, 11 mm. longis; corolla alba, glabra; tuba 2 em. longa, lobis reflexis, 9 mm. longis; antheris linearis, sessilis, inclusis; stilo glabro, bifido, 7 mm. longo; lobis 4 mm. longis, linearis. Capsula obconica, calycis laciniis coronata; seminibus angulariis, marginatis, minutissimis pustulatis. Type locality, on the borders of the upper Wahiawa stream, Oahu. To be expected along the streams of the Koolauloa moun- tains, Oahu. C. N. Forbes, No. 1621, O. December 18, 1910. Bushy, 6-9 dm. high. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, base acuminate, glabrous, 21 cm. long, 4.5 cm. wide, with petioles 2.5cm. long. Stipules triangular, mucronate. Flowers axillary or sub-axillary, on pedicels 2.5-4 cm. long. Calyx lobes lanceo- late, 11 mm. long. Corolla white, glabrous, tube 2 cm. long, lobes reflexed, 9 mm. long. Anthers linear, sessile, inclosed be- low the throat. Style glabrous, bifid for one-third of its length, with broad linear lobes. Capsule obconical, strongly marked by four ridges, alternating with four grooves, drawn out into the slightly elongated pedicel, crowned by the calyx lobes. Seeds angular, margined, minutely pustulate. This species is closely related to Aadua acuminata Cham. & Schl., but is very different in appearance. Its leaves are larger and more typically acuminate than A. petiolata Gray, while its flowers are pure white, the latter species having greenish flowers. The corolla is considerably longer and larger than in these two species. u KADUA FLUVIATILIS FORBES. 8 New Hawatian Plants. Clermontia tuberculata, sp. nov. Arbor 45 dm. alta; foliis obovatis vel oblongis, serrulatis, coriaceis, gla- bris, cum nerviis subter minutim tuberculatis, 19.5 cm. longis, 4 cm. latis, petiolis 2-3 cm. longis; pedunculis bi-floribus vel uni-flori, 5 mm. longis, pedicellis 3 cm. longis cum parvis tuberculatis. Flores grandes; calyce tubo campanulato, extero tuberculato, 1.7 cm. longo, cum lobis obtusis, tubereu- latis, 3 mm. longis; corolla carnosa, parum curyata, extera tuberculata, viride, intra rubre 5 cm. longa; antheris rubris, glabris. Bacca globosa tuberculosa, I.3 cm. crassa, seminibus ovoidis, levibus, flavis. Type locality, wet woods on the slopes of Haleakala, Maui, to the east of and between Olinda and Ukulele. C. N. Forbes, Wo. 201,-M. “July, 2010. A tree about 45 decimetres high, with the habit of Clevmontia arborescens (Mann) Hillebr. Leaves obovate to oblong, serrulate, glabrous, coriaceous, the veins on the under side minutely tuber- culate, 19.5 cm. long, 4 cm. wide, with petioles 2 to 3 cm. long. Flowers in cymes or single, the peduncle 5 mm. long, pedicels 3 cm. long, both covered with small tubercles. Calyx tube cam- panulate, with short obtuse lobes, covered with tubercles on the outside. Tube 1.7 cm. long, lobes 3 mm. long. Corolla thick, fleshy, slightly curved, covered with tubercles of a reddish tinge on the outside, green on the outside, a dark rich reddish color on the inside, 5 cm. long. In maturing the lobes converge, the lower lobes split about half way down the tube, the upper nearly to the base as in Clermontia grandiflora. Anthers dark red, glabrous. Berry globose, glabrous, strongly tuberculate on the outside, 1.3 cm. in diameter. Seeds smooth, yellow, shiny, and ovoid. This species belongs to the group Clermontioideae as consti- tuted by Hillebrand. While very distinct from other species, I believe it is most closely related to Clermontia arborescens (Mann) Hillebr. . CTLERMONTIA TUBERCULATA FORBES. IO New Hawatian Plants. Rollandia parvifolia, sp. nov. Caulis 9 dm. altus; foliis lanceolatis, acuminatis, apexe cum minuto microni, integerrimis, glabris, coriaceis, subter albidis, cum petiolis 4.5 cm- longis, 2.3-4 cm. latis; floribus 5-6 in racemis, pedunculo 3-4 cm. longo, pedi™ cellis 1 cm. longis, glabris. Flores grandi; calycis tubis cylindricis, glabris, 8 mm. longis, lobis oblongis, obtusis, minutim mucronatis, 1 cm. longis; corolla purpurea, sigmoidea, 6.5 cm. longa; columna staminea adnata, supera pubescens; antheris pubescentis. Bacca ignota. Type locality, Waioli valley, Kauai. Only one specimen was seen amongst the dense undergrowth on a wet talus slope. C.N. Forbes, No. 103, K. August 1, 1909. Single stem 9 dm. high. Jeaves lanceolate, acuminate with a minute mucro at the apex, gradually narrowing from the upper third to the petiole, entire, glabrous, coriaceous, pale whitish be- low, 18-22 cm. long, 2.3-4 cm. wide; with petioles 2.8 cm. long, which are occasionally sparingly marked with small lenticels. Flowers five to six in a raceme, the peduncles 3-4 cm. long, bi- bracteate, the pedicels 1 cm. long, bracteolate above the centre, glabrous. Calyx tube cylindrical, glabrous, 8 mm. long; with the lobes oblong, obtuse, minutely mucronate, thin, 1 cm. long. Corolla purple, strongly sigmoid, 6.5 cm. long, the lower lobes split less than one-half the distance of the tube, 1.5-2 cm. long. Staminal column adherent to the corolla for about one-third its length, the upper half puberulent, as long asthe corolla. Anthers puberulent. Berry not seen. This is the first Xo//andza to be reported off the island of Oahu. Its arrangement of characters easily separates it from the other species, while its relatively much smaller leaves give it quite a different appearance in the field. FORBES. PARVIFOLIA ROLLANDIA 12 New Hawatian FPlants. Cyanea undulata, sp. nov. Caulis 18-36 dm. altus; foliis lanceolatis, integerrimis, acuminatis, prox- ime marginibus undulatis, apexe interdum spirali, basi acuminata, subter hispidulis, coriaceis, nerviis subter rubigo-tomentosis, 36 cm. longis, 4 cm. latis; cum petiolis rubigo tomentosis, 5 cm. longis; floribus in racemis, pe- dunculis 4.3 cm. longis, pedicellis 1 cm. longis, rubigo-tomentosis. Flores (in gemma); calyci hirsuta, cylindrica, lobis triangularis, acutis, 4 mm. longis; corolla intra et exteriora rubigo-tomentosa, curvata, luteola; col- umua staminea hispidula, 22 mm. longa; antheris elegantis, glaberimis, 7 mm. longis. Bacca obovata, luteola, rubigo-fulvis, 17 mm. longa, I1 mm. crassa; seminibus obovoidis, levibus. Type locality, damp woods surrounding the Wahiawa swamp, Kauai. Specimens were first sent me by Mr. J. M. Lydgate, who has thoroughly explored this region for a number of years. C. N. Forbes, No. 292, K. August, 1909 (fruit). J. M. Lydgate, May, 1908 (flower buds). Single stem 18-36 dm. high. Leaves lanceolate, entire, acu- minate, undulating near the edges, or the edges sometimes irregularly turned over, the apex sometimes spirulate, coriaceous, hispidulous on the under side, the veins on the under side rusty- tomentose, 36 cm. long, 4 cm. wide; with rusty-tomentose petioles 5 cm. long. Flowers 5-6 in racemes, peduncle 4.3 cm. long, pedi- cels 1 cm. long, both rusty-tomentose. Flowersinthe bud. Calyx hirsute, cylindrical, the lobes triangular, acute, 4 mm. long. Corolla hirsute on the outside and inside, slightly curved, yellow- ish. Staminal column hispidulous, 22 mm. long. Anthers elon- gate, glabrous, 7mm. long. Berry obovate, yellow, 17 mm. long, 11 mm. thick. Seeds obovoid, smooth, dark reddish brown. This. species can be easily recognized in the field by the unique appearance of its leaves. A UNDULATA FORBES. 5 7 CYANI Preliminary Observations Concerning the Plant Invasion on Some of the Lava Flows of Mauna Loa, Hawaii. CHARLES N. FORBES. DvRING an excursion on the island of Hawaii for the purpose of collecting botanical material for the Bishop Museum, an ad- mirable opportunity was offered for making observations on the colonization of a portion of the lava flows of Mauna Loa. Although a limited portion of the mountain has been covered, and observa- tions of this character should extend over a number of years, it is believed that data of enough local interest was obtained for record at this time. The region visited extends from Puuwaawaa, over the summit of Hualalai, through the districts of Kona and Kau, mainly at an elevation of 4500 feet, which is just above the dense forest belt. One trip was made to the summit of Mauna Loa on the Kailua side, and from numerous localities the forest was penetrated in all direc- tions; the region below the Government road in Kona and the shore line being the only portions from which a representative collection of plants was not taken. This territory is on the dry or lee side of the island, and for that reason the naturalization of plants on the lava flows may vary somewhat from that of the moister regions; but it is believed that the main factors will prove to be the same, except for rapidity of invasion. ‘The general characteristics of the Hawaiian vegetation have been described by several writers,' and in this paper it is the intention to discuss only the flora in the immediate vicinity of the flows visited. There is probably no better locality in the world for observing the colonization of lava flows than the slopes of Mauna Loa, ‘The *Hillebrand, W.: Flora of the Hawaiian Islands, 1888, Guppy, H. By; Observations of a Naturalist in the Pacific, vol. ii. Hall, W. 1,.: The Forests of the Hawaiian Islands, U.S. D. A., Dept. Forestry, Bul. 48, 1904. 15 16 Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. whole mountain is a gigantic mass of these lava streams which radiate on all sides from the summit, 13,675 feet, to sea level. The later flows have generally arisen from sources below the summit. ‘The different flows have had irregular courses. Many of them in flowing over older streams have left areas of various sizes of the older flow surrounded on all sides by the newer flow, without apparently harming the vegetation of the resulting island to any appreciable extent. The surrounded areas, known to the natives as “‘kipuka,’’ may be above or even below the surface of the surrounding flow. Fortunately for a study of this sort the age of many of these flows is known. The lava flows are of two kinds, generally simply described as the smooth or slaggy, and the rough or scoriaceous; but as these regions differ so much from the country generally traversed by botanists, I quote the fuller word picture of Dana.* ‘‘There is the ordinary smooth-surfaced lava called pahoehoe, the term sig- nifying having a satin-like aspect. The surface of the lava cooled as it flowed. ‘Through one means and another the surface is usually uneven, being often wrinkled, twisted, ropy, billowy, hummocky, knobbed, and often fractured......The other most prominent kind of lava stream is the aa. ‘The aa streams have no upper flow-like surface; they are beds of broken up lava, the break- ing of which occurred during the flow. They consist of detached masses of irregular shapes, confusedly piled together to a height sometimes of twenty-five to forty feet above the general surface. The size of the masses is from an inch in diameter to ten feet and more. The lava is compact, usually less vesiculated than the pahoehoe, not scoriaceous; but externally it is roughly cavernous, horribly jagged, with projections often a foot or more long that are bristled all over with points and angles. In some cases ragged spaces extend along planes through the large masses, like those of the exterior.’’ Both kinds of lava may be represented in the same flow, either in different parts or closely associated. Many hundreds of these two classes of flows were passed over during the excursion. The first flow of known date visited was that of 1859. ‘This flow was followed from a point west of Puuwaawaa down to where it crosses the Government road. It is composed of both aa and *Dana, J. D.: The Characteristics of Volcanoes, 1891, p. 9. Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. 17 pahoehoe. The aa assumes the position of a winding river through the pahoehoe. In places the pahoehoe has flowed around portions of the aa in an irregular manner, leaving sunken islands of aa varying from a few feet to half an acre in area. From the close interrelations between the two there is no doubt that both belong to the same flow. The pahoehoe is jet black and new looking, while the aa has a chocolate tinge, it also appearing very new as compared to adjacent flows. After several hours spent on the flow it became apparent that, with the exception of the lower cryptogams, most of the vegetation was supported on the pahoehoe and not on the aa. As this was contrary to what I had expected and had heard generally ex- pressed on these islands, I gave particular attention to this point, and also directed my guide to call my attention to any plants he might see on the aa. A portion of the aa stream was followed for a considerable distance down the centre, but nothing was obtained save a liberal supply of cutsand bruises. Thisscarcity of plants was even true for the small sunken areas of aa, which of all places one would think would be admirable traps for catching seeds and spores. ‘The aa portions of the flow are often white with a certain lichen, and a closer search reveals an occasional moss, but there are no ferns or phanerogams, except on the contact line with the pahoehoe. The plants which occur on the pahoehoe are to be found grow- ing in the numerous small cracks which cross the flow in various directions, especially where the flow is at all billowy, and between the folds of the ropy lava. The smoother portions are entirely bare of any vegetation. Such cracks act as riffles to catch either disintegrated particles of the flow itself, or dust and other refuse which may be-blown over the smooth portions from the outside. At one place I noticed several hundred dead shells of Lu/ota stmilaris being blown across a portion of the flow, many of them being caught in the cracks. Such soil is stopped on the edge of an aa flow, while apparently not enough accumulates by the weathering of the flow itself in this period of time to fill its smallest spaces. | The following plants were observed scattered here and there in the cracks on the pahoehoe, but they were in no case in suffi- OCCASIONAL PAPERS B. P. B. M. VOL. V, No. 1.—2. 18 Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. cient quantity to be conspicuous from a distance. A longer search would probably add quite a few more species to the list: FILICES.3 Asplenium praemorsum Sw.(As- Pellaea ternifolia (Cav.) Link. plentum furcatum, Thbg.) Psilotum nudum (1,.-) Griesb. Asplenium trichomanes J,., var. (Psilotum triquetrum Sw.) (Asplentum densum Brack.) Polypodium pellucidum Kf. var. Diellia erecta (?) Brack. (Lina- The folded form. saya erecta Hook.) Sadleria cyatheotdes K1f. Doryopteris decora Brack. (Pteris decora Hook.) PHANEROGAMS. Cyperus sp. Asclepias curassavica 1,. Amaranthus spinosus I,. Tpomaea congesta R. Br. Rumex giganteus Ait. Verbena bonariensts \,. Osteomeles anthyllidifolia Plectranthus australis R. Br. (Smith.) Lindl. Capsicum frutescens I,. Metbomia uncinata (Jack.) Lycopersicum esculentum Mill. Kuntz. Solanum nigrum I,. Oxalts corniculata 1,. Bidens pilosa 1,. Luphorbia pilulifera 1. Erigeron canadensis I. Sida cordifolia \,. Gnaphalium sp. Waltheria americana I,. Sonchus oleraceus I. Opuntia tuna (1,.) Mill. Raillardia sp. Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud., Wish Gs Of the above, the most frequent species met with are J/etros?- deros polymorpha, Polypodium pellucidum and Sadleria cyatheotdes. With the exception of Metrosideros polymorpha, which is the pre- vailing tree, these plants do not give a conspicuous aspect to the flora in the immediate vicinity of the flow, but constitute what might be classified as the weeds. Of the twenty-three phanero- gams, sixteen belong to the naturalized flora and six to the native flora, one of the latter being of wide distribution as a shore plant. * These are the names recognized in Christensen’s Index Filicum, but for the convenience of local readers the names given in Hillebrand’s Flora are given in parentheses. Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. 19 I believe that distribution is mainly by wind, although cattle and goats occasionally cross the flow. Several days later this flow was again visited at a somewhat higher elevation, at a place not far distant from the Judd road, and about ten miles above Puuwaawaa. ‘There was relatively less vegetation, but distribution was the same as observed in the first case. At this place there are several islands of an ancient aa flow which are covered with vegetation. The following plants were observed in the cracks on the pahoehoe, only the common white lichen being observed on the aa: FILICES. Asplenium trichomanes I,., var. Polypodium pellucidum K1f., var. Doryopteris decora Brack. The folded form. Sadleria cyatheotdes Kf. PHANEROGAMS. Chenopodium sandwicheum Moq. Verbena bonariensts 1. Argemone mexicana l,. 1 plant. Solanum nigrum 1. Dodonaea viscosa \,. Erigeron bonariensis 1,. Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud., Gunaphalium sandwicensium var. Gaud. Cyathodes Tamciameiae Cham. Sonchus oleraceus \. Of the ten phanerogams, five are native and with Sophora chrysophylla, which was not observed on the flow, constitute the prevailing flora of the surrounding region. The remaining five belong to the naturalized flora. The prevailing plants on the flow were Metrosideros polymorpha, Polypodium pellucidum and Sadleria cyatheoides. Dr. W. T. Brigham‘ visited this flow in 1864. He reports having observed ferns in some of the caves, and a Polypodium on the surface cracks, but lichens were rare. From a station called Honomalino the flows of 1887 and 1907 were visited. The flow of 1887 was observed at the place where it branches and flows around a cone called Puu Ohia.’ Both ‘Dr. W. T. Brigham: Volcanoes of Kilauea and Mauna Loa, B, P. B. M, Mem., vol. ii, no. 4, p. 16. ‘This cone is called Pun Ohohia on the Government map. 20 Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. branches were composed of extremely rough aa and supported no vegetation, with the exception of a few J/e/rosideros on the contact edges with the older flows. The 1907 flow was visited at a point a short distance above Puu o Keokeo, which is about two and one-half miles above Puu Ohia. At this point the flow is entirely pahoehoe, very shiny black and fresh looking. Plants were just beginning to be established in a few of the cracks, the following being observed: Polypodium pellucidum K\f.,var. Vaccinium penduliflorum Gaud. The folded form. Cyathodes Tamciametae Cham. Cyperus sp. Raillardia sp. All of these plants are indigenous and constitute the prevail- ing flora at this elevation. The naturalized flora is not yet estab- lished to any considerable extent on this portion of Mauna Loa. The 1907 flow was visited later at the place where it crosses the Government road on the Kona side. At this point it is aa and supports no vegetation except an occasional lichen or moss, appar- ent only on minute examination. The flow of 1823 was visited where it crosses the Kau Desert. It is pahoehoe, but unfortunately much of the vegetation had been eaten by goats just before my visit. Ina deep crack which crosses the flow, practically all the species of plants which occur in the surrounding region were observed. The following plants were observed in the surface cracks: Cibotium sp. Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud., Nephrolepis exaltata(1,.) Schott. var. Psilotum nudum (1,.) Griesb. Solanum nigrum 1,. Another recent but unrecorded aa flow was visited above Kapapala near the old Kahuku trail. With the exception of a few lichens, no vegetation was observed upon it. From these observations of the plant invasion on the flows of known date the following summary might be obtained: 1. A few lower cryptogams, followed by ferns and phanero- gams first become established on the pahoehoe. Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. 21 2. Lower cryptogams become established on the aa at an early date, and eventually cover the flow to a considerable extent, some of these species being rather rare on the pahoehoe. 3. Ferns and phanerogams only become established on the aa a long period of time after these become established on pahoe- hoe of the same age, other conditions being the same. 4. The plants to be found on the new flow are the same as those found on older flows in the immediate vicinity. Polyvpodium pellucidum, Sadleria cvatheoides and Metrosideros polymorpha were usually the prevailing plants at all points and elevations studied on the pahoehoe, while a species of white lichen was usually com- mon on the aa. 5. A fertile soil is apparently formed in the cracks of the pahoehoe sooner than amongst the aa particles. Metrosideros polymorpha is one of the important plants which prepare the way for the establishment of many plants on the flow. The roots spread over the smooth portions of the flow, often from one crack to another, forming pockets to catch a soil formed of dead leaves and other debris. In viewing the older flows it is rather difficult to ascertain their relative ages, for the reason that the Hawaiian flora assumes its mature form at an early date. In passing over many hundreds of flows the prevailing characteristics of invasion were found to be somewhat as shown in the following paragraphs. In the scrub region above the wet forests there is no great distinction between the flora of the pahoehoe and the aa. ‘The latter, however, has a greater proportion of lichens, occasionally these plants occupying the aa to the exclusion of all other vegeta- tion. The prevailing plants are Cyvathodes Tamceiamciac, Dodonaca viscosa, scrub Metrosideros polymorpha, Sophora chrysophylla and other characteristic mountain plants. Large portions of either variety of flows are bare rock, and when a soil is formed it is usually a very thin layer, limited almost exclusively to the pahoehoe. In the dense forests of the rainy belt there is usually a good soil on the pahoehoe varying from six inches to a few feet in depth, sometimes only the tops of the billows remaining in sight to record the character of the flow. ‘The aa, however, with few exceptions, still retains its rough file-like character. I find that 22 Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. the dense koa forests where Acacia koa is the prevailing tree, with a thick undergrowth of ferns, labiates and innumerable other spe- cies, are limited with remarkably few exceptions, as far as the forests of Kona are concerned, to the pahoehoe. From any hill the traveler through this district can pick out the aa flows from a distance by the lines of ohia (J/etrostderos poly- morpha) forests, which divide the koa into sections. When he arrives at the rocky flow he will find a totally different character of undergrowth, where such plants as Polvpodium pellucidum (folded form), Lycopodium cernuum, Vaccinium penduliflorum, Ratllardia and certain other plants are conspicuous. From this, I believe that the koa forest is the final type for this region, and when one finds an aa flow supporting koa, it must be relatively very much older than other aa flows in the vicinity. In later years, however, outside influences, especially cattle grazing, have considerably changed the floral aspect of the coun- try in certain places. On account of greater ease for penetration, a more succulent undergrowth, and perhaps more available water, cattle have worked their way into the forests on the pahoehoe and destroyed the undergrowth. Ina few years the introduced flora becomes established, and a park-like meadow, usually in every sense an ideal pasture, is the result. However, the indigenous trees, which after many years have become adapted to the dense undergrowth, epiphytic creepers and moist soil, are much weak- ened, and are not able to withstand the new, more xerophytic conditions. ‘The weakened trees eventually fall an easy prey to destructive insects, but as far as I was able to observe were not touched by the cattle. The cattle penetrate to a much less degree on the aa owing to its rough character, while the more xerophytic undergrowth is less succulent. When they do, the character of the flora is less changed for the reason that complete destruction of the under- growth is impossible, while this ohia, which has not become adapted to such wet conditions as the koa, does not succumb to insect attack. Ohia varies tremendously with the habitat, but any great change in conditions would probably affect it the same as koa. From the preceding paragraphs it must not be inferred that ohia forests are not found on some pahoehoe flows; for the damp- Plant Invasion on Lava Flows. 23 est, and consequently the densest forests on these islands are com- posed of this species; but the prevailing tree in the upper forests of the middle zone on the lee side of Hawaii is koa, while ohia is apparently not the final type for this section. In the region below the wet forest the pahoehoe flows are occupied almost solely by the naturalized flora, Pstdium guajava, Lantana camara and introduced weeds being very conspicuous. The long lines of native vegetation, consisting mainly of ohia, which cross the Government road in many places throughout Kona, and the rich native flora at Puuwaawaa are on old aa flows. The region below the Government road and the shore line has not been sufficiently investigated for discussion in this paper. In summing up the process of plant invasion on a lava flow on the lee side of Hawaii the following sequence might be obtained: 1. Appearance of lower crytogams, eventually becoming con- spicuous on the aa. 2. Appearance of Polypodium pellucidum (folded form), Sad- leria cyatheoides and Metrosideros polymorpha, first on the pahoehoe, and at a much later date on the aa. 3. Gradual development of the typical floral aspects of the immediate vicinity, if in the central region an ohia forest. 4. Establishment of the final native vegetation, if in the cen- tral region a koa forest. 5. A later stage may be the encroachment of the naturalized flora, due to a change of conditions brought about through human agency. PUBLICATIONS OF THE Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Honolulu, Hawaii, U. S.A. MEMOIRS. (Quarto.) Vol. I. Nos. r-5. 1899-1903. be, Vol. II. Nos. 1-4. 1906-1909. Vol. Ill. Ka Hana Kapa: The Making of Bark-Cloth in Hawaii. By William T. Brigham. 1911. Complete volume. ae OCCASIONAL PAPERS. (Octavo.) Vol. I. Nos. 1-5. 1898-1902. (No. x out of print.) Vol. Il. Nos. 1-5. 1903-1907. Vol. III. Nos. 1-2. 1907- ---. (Volume incomplete.) Vol. IV. Nos. 1-5. 1906-10911. ‘Vol. V.. No.1. New Hawaiian Plants, III. By Charles _N. Forbes. Preliminary Observations Concerning the Plant Inyasion on Some Lava Flows of Mauna Loa, _ Hawaii. By Charles N. Forbes. 1912. Bi on Handbook for the Bishop Museum. (Oblong octavo.) , } % 1903. ‘ ig & aes. to Abraham Fornander’s ‘‘Polynesian Race.’ it ‘pee cadmee By John F. G. Stokes. 1909. he Nig detailed list, with prices, will be mailed to any i “address on application to the Director. ett 4 t, »’ ¥ 3 iN s BOARD OF TRUSTEES ALBERT F. Jupp - : - - - - President E. Faxon BIsHop - - - - - Vice-President J. M. DowsETT : : - : - : ‘Treasurer ALFRED W. CARTER -— - : - -. =. Secretary HENRY HOLMES, SAMUEL M. DAMON, WILLIAM O. SMITH MUSEUM STAFF Witiiam T.. BRIGHAM, Sc.D. (Columbia) +. - Director WiitiAm H. Day, PH.D. - Honorary Curator of Mollusea Joun F.G. Stoxrs -. -. Curator of Polynesian Ethnology C. MONTAGUE CooKE, PH.D. (Yale) - Curator of Pulmonata Orro H. Swezey - - Honorary Curator of Entomology CHARLES N. FORBES - - - - Curator of Botany Joun W. THompson -. -. - = Artist and Modeler Miss. KE. B. HiGGins - : - - - Librarian — Joun J. GREENE - - - - aN ko Printer ° AUGUST. PERRY - - - - - Assistant Printer EXHIBITION STAFF Mrs. HeneN M. Hetvie - -°- | Superintendent | PMS ORS AE JAMO a Sco Toni bs s e agal Ay Janitor Joun/ Lune CHUNG oe aaibon ; SAMUEL WILLIAMS. “- CP te é ~ 's Pamaterl a aan DECASIONAL PAPERS OF THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM OF POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY. VoL. V.— No. 2. LIBRARY NEW YORK BOTANIC y GARDEN Director's Report for 1011. HONOLULU, H. I. BrisHop MUSEUM PRESS. IQI2. To the Trustees of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Sirs:—In accordance with the rules adopted by the Trustees on December 15, 1910, I submit my Annual Report on the pres- ent condition of this Museum and the work done in the various departments during the year 1911. WILLIAM T. BRIGHAM, Director of the Museum. Honolulu, January 17, 1912. Ordered printed May 18, 1912. J ; ~ RoE 1. N reviewing the work of this Museum during the year rgi1 it is gratifying to find that while the considerable labor of moving to new quarters occupied several months of the year, the total work accomplished on the regular lines of the staff work has much exceeded the average, owing in large part to the in- creased facilities afforded by the new laboratory. For the first time in the history of this Museum has there been suitable place under the Museum roof for both work and study in all the differ- ent departments. For the first time has each department had a separate room for work, storage of specimens, and where a scien- tific visitor could examine the reserve collections in comfort and without interruptions. The fuller description of the new labora- tory will be given at the end of the more formal report. The construction of the building, which had dragged through the previous year, was completed in the early spring, although the porous nature of the concrete made the application of supposed waterproof paint to the entire outside necessary, and this was not completed at the close of the year. The Museum staff were natur- ally anxious to move into the new and larger workrooms, but it was not until May that this was possible. At first the resounding cham- bers and halls in a building of one mass of concrete bound together by steel rods and network were most uncomfortable, but the use of coconut fibre matting on the painted floors of the hallways and the accumulation of furniture and cases in the rooms greatly reduced the reverberation, and custom finally made it nearly negligible. The shell was found very convenient and our cabinet makers were able by the end of the year to provide the many shelves, tables, cabinets, racks and other utilities that have made the new [27] 3 4 Director's Annual Report. home of the several departments very satisfactory. No important furnishing remains but the provision of steel cases for the storage of perishable treasures. With these, which are commonly admit- ted the best for our purpose in a tropical climate, the Bishop Museum will be in a most satisfactory position for the preservation as well as for the study of all its collections. . What has already been done in the new quarters may be gathered from the following abstract of the departmental reports to the Director. Looking first to our relations with the rest of the world the work of the printery may be reported. We have been greatly hin- dered by the nonarrival of important printing machinery ordered many months ago, but in spite of this, and the absence of our head printer on his well earned vacation, the usual routine work of label, notice, letterhead, etc., has not been interrupted, and our assistant printer has put through the press the final part of Volume IV of the Occasional Papers. Ofthe Memoirs the third volume has been issued consisting of but one part, but of nearly the bulk of the pre- vious volumes in five and four parts issued separately. This book on the manufacture of bark-cloth, Ka Hana Kapa, with its very beautiful and valuable plates, has been well received by our corre- spondents and others. The final part of Volume IV Occasional Papers has been completed with index to the volume. It contains the Director’s report of the work of the previous year, and a valu- able paper on the Naturalized Flora of the Hawaiian Islands by Charles N. Forbes, Curator of Botany. This addition to previ- ous lists of plants that have become naturalized in recent times on these islands will prove of no little interest to the future student of the vegetation of the Pacific islands. Volume III of the Occa- sional Papers has not been completed, as it was thought best to reserve this for the conchological papers which it is thought will soon be ready for publication. When our long-delayed machinery arrives our printery will be very complete and productive at a less [28] Lirector’'s Annual Report. 5 expense than at present. The rooms allotted to this purpose could hardly be improved. The light is admirable in all parts, they are cool, with painted, solid concrete floors, and sufficient space. Besides the actual printing our assistant printer has been fully and usefully occupied in library work, preparing and arranging index cards, and in the more convenient arrangement of cases and books. Mr. Greene, our head printer, during his vacation visited the coast and carefully studied the most recent improvements in the printer’s art, the advantages of which we hope to reap in our future publications. In spite of the drawbacks mentioned it is felt that the labor of making the treasures of the Museum accessible to the many institutions on our exchange list has been well done, and the progress made gives pleasing promise of the results to be ob- tained in the coming years. The matter of housing and distributing our publications has been simplified greatly by the provision of a commodious room with ample presses for storage, and conveniences for packing and mailing. Only two new institutions have been added to our ex- change list which is printed below. Library. The list of accessions given below will show the character of the increase to our working library, but it may be stated here that the number of books and pamphlets received dur- ing the year is as follows: In the ordinary course of purchase or exchange-------- 448 Separates on Crustacea, Kirkaldy estate*..-----+++++++++ 300 Kaiulani collection, books ..----.--eeececcececceeen cess 128 Kaiulani collection, pamphlets «--+--++++++eeeeeeeeeees 232 eagerly gaa cdadda Vie ade ad ad diWd va aaa nn gs vieelewied meh e 808 In addition to these are the parts of Memoirs and Proceedings of learned societies which will be reckoned when complete volumes *The late G. W. Kirkaldy, entomologist of the experiment station of the Planters’ Association was a man of great knowledge in his profession and of most extensive reading; he was preparing to take up, as an avocation, the study of our local crustaceans, and his collection of ‘‘separates’’ was very valuable. [29] 6 Director's Annual Report. next year. We have also had 228 volumes bound; a very import- ant matter, as most of our exchanges come to us in parts, and for use as well as preservation must be bound. On behalf of the library Mr. Stokes visited the attic of the Capitol in July and spent five days in selecting from the somewhat scattered stacks copies needed to complete our sets of early session laws and ministerial reports. A large list of desiderata was then submitted to the Governor with the hope expressed that the books mentioned might be deposited in the Museum library. The books were finally given to the Museum on the tenth of January, 1912. The present rooms occupied as library were planned for taxi- dermy, and are temporarily occupied until we may build the more commodious structure already planned. Although the cases are not what they should be they fairly answer their temporary purpose. Ethnology. Many additions have come to us in this depart- ment both by gift and purchase. In the former class is the bequest of the late Archibald S. Cleghorn called, as directed in the will, ‘’The Kaiulani Collection’’ in memory of the late Princess. ‘This included, besides the books already mentioned, 268 ethnological specimens, some of great interest and considerable rarity which will be illustrated in the list of accessions; 80 framed portraits, many of them of the Princess Kaiulani; and 62 unframed photo- graphs. ‘The framed portraits of Hawaiian royalty have been placed in the library. Among the kapa a rare specimen has been printed in colors in Ka Hana Kapa (Pl. ZZ, p. 212). Rev. W. D. Westervelt, Mrs. Charles M. Cooke, Mrs. Emil Waterman, and Mr. D. Thaanum have also added to our collections. Some of the last mentioned specimens will be separately described by Mr. Stokes. During the summer we acquired the collection of Mr. W. C. Schiefer of Makaweli, Kauai, consisting mostly of stone, 104 Hawaiian specimens, among them a very large ring poi pounder, [30] Director's Annual Report. 7 and part of a stone knife. We also purchased with funds from the Chas. R. Bishop Trust the very interesting collection of Mr. Alex- ander M. McBryde, formerly of Kauai. ‘This collection numbered but 343 specimens, but among these were some of which this Museum did not possess examples, ¢.¢., kukui nut crusher, double- handled kapa beater, two hula foot plates, two abdominal lomilomi sticks, a double-pointed dagger, and a gourd scoop for catching the fry of awa. Other interesting variants of types already in the Museum were four stirrup poi pounders, a stone dish, stone lamp, and phallicemblem. It added to the value of the collection that it was made some years ago by a resident born on the Islands, who had opportunities for gathering only good specimens. Our loan collection has increased; several old residents who have rare Hawaiian antiquities from which they are not ready to part finally have put these in charge of the Museum for safe keep- ing. This is also an advantage to us as an added opportunity for study: the more complete our series of Hawaiian specimens can be made the greater accuracy in the deductions from them, for it is now generally to the specimens we must look for an explanation of their manufacture and use. No exchanges of great importance have been made in this department. The Curator, Mr. Stokes, has continued his researches on fish weirs and fish ponds, and many interesting letters have been re- ceived from other groups in the Pacific, but as there is a prospect of obtaining still more information he has decided to withhold his notes from present publication. Some time has been spent in ex- amining the fish ponds of Kauai through the kindness of Messrs. J. K. Farley and W. H. Rice Jr.; and also in examining and pho- tographing the fish ponds of Moanalua and Pearl Harbor. In his very interesting and valuable study of petroglyphs he has made two visits to Keoneloa beach on Kauai where at the southeast end of this beach, under the sand and in the wash of the waves, is a sandstone ledge about 250 feet long and 30 feet wide [31] 8 Director's Annual Report. closely covered with petroglyphs. Occasionally a heavy southerly storm washes the sand away and exposes for a short time portions of the ledge which are covered again as soon as the trades return. Mr. Farley of Koloa has arranged with the keeper of the light- house, who lives near, to report to him whenever the ledge is bared, and word is then sent to the Museum. Mr. Stokes’ visits were in response to these calls. In both cases the wind changed before he arrived at the beach, although leaving Honolulu at once. Botany. Iam sorry to differ from the report of the Curator of Botany addressed to me, when he conveys the impression that not so much work has been done in his department as might have been, owing to adverse weather. I know that he has worked hard all the year, and I shall quote his statements of the journeys he made: ‘‘Numerous: short excursions were made into the forests of Oahu, the first extended trip being to the region about Palehua in the Waianae mountains. Four days were spent here and several rare plants obtained. I wish to thank Mr. H. M. von Holt for his kindness in extending to me the use of his mountain house at Palehua; and also Mr. Charles Lucas for kindly giving Dr. Cooke and myself permission to collect plants and shells in Niu valley. ‘‘An excursion for the purpose of studying the vegetation of the island of Hawaii was made between June 1oth and September roth. A general base station was made at Mr. T. C. White’s residence near Kailua, from which place the expedition started out. The Director considered that a guide was absolutely neces- sary for this trip, so a native Hawaiian, Charles Ka, was engaged. This man proved to know practically every inch of ground in Kona, and his aid in many things was a great help. ‘The first extended camping trip started in at Puuwaawaa and extended through the mountains of Kona at an average elevation of 4500 feet and ended at Kapua. Stops of from two to ten days were made at each of the following places and the surrounding regions [32] Director's Annual Report. 9 penetrated in all directions: Puuwaawaa, Hanehane, summit of Hualalai, Kaalapuuwale, Kanehaha, Pulehua, Camp X, summit of Mauna Loa, Papaloa, Papaloa Pupu Kikinini, Kukui o Pii, Honomalino and Kapua. From Kapua I returned to Kailua and left next day by steamer for Kau. My headquarters for this dis- trict was at the Kapapala ranch. ‘The whole district was fairly well covered in daily trips from the ranch, only two short camping trips being necessary. Mauna Loa was ascended to about the 8000 feet elevation, the Kau desert was crossed in several places, one trip extending to the seven craters in Puna. “From Kau I returned to Kailua, and went on to Waimea. The ditch trails in the Kohala mountains back of Waimea were visited, and also the slopes of Mauna Kea in the vicinity of Waikii. Mauna Kea was ascended to the 11,000 feet elevation. It had been my intention to go over a much larger proportion of this mountain, but a guide and animals were not obtainable without considerable expense, and as the latter were essential for trans- porting the collecting outfit this part of the program had to be postponed. Almost continuous rain in the Kohala mountains which continued for a month after my departure, made further exploration under such conditions a waste of time and I returned to Honolulu. About 450 varieties of plants were collected, and I believe I obtained a more comprehensive knowledge of the Hawaiian vegetation than on any previous trip. ‘“‘T wish to thank Mr. A. F. Judd, to whom I am indebted for many valuable suggestions and aid in arranging the trip; and also the following gentlemen of Hawaii, who aided me in every possi- ble way, not only in giving permission to collect on their lands, but also extending information and help which added both to the value and pleasure of the trip: Thos. C. White, Allen Wall, Frank Greenwell, John Paris, John McGuire, Robert Hind, Julian Mon- serrat, Alfred W. Carter, J. McAllister, J. J. Jorgensen, Mr. Sproat and David Forbes. [33] 10 Director's Annual Report. ‘‘Our exchanges with the three institutions mentioned in the last report have continued with satisfaction on both sides. The additions to the herbarium are shown in the list of accessions. ‘““The conveniences for arranging the herbarium have been greatly improved by the addition of new cases in the basement, formerly the Director’s room. .The arrangements for work or for showing specimens to visiting workers in botany are nearly perfect.” Pulmonata. I quote from the Curator’s report to me: ‘“The year 1911 has been the most satisfactory, in the amount of work accomplished on our Hawaiian land shells, of any since the Curator has been connected with the staff of the Museum. For the first time the collection is really accessible for study. Before the occupancy of the laboratory the collection was stored in four different parts of the Museum. ‘The trays were piled in cases and on the floor of one of the alcoves of the third floor of Hawaiian Hall, and a good deal of the material had to be kept at the home of the Curator for study during the greater part of the time. Now, with proper cases, shelves, work tables and a sink, the Curator can get at and has handy whatever specimens or ap- paratus he may need. Probably half again or twice as much work has been accomplished this year, due for the most part to the time saved in getting at whatever has been needed. The moving of the collection from different parts of the Museum, and the partial arrangement of the same have taken up a great deal of the Cura- tor’s time during the year. ‘““At present the genera Philonesia, Endodonta, Mesopupa, Lyropupa, Amastra, Carelia, Leptachatina, Auriculella, Torna- tellina, Succinea and several other genera with from one to four species, are arranged in the cases. Our collection of the genera of Auriculella, Carelia and Endodonta is fully arranged and classi- fied according to species and distribution, and at present only the labels have to be written and placed in the trays. ‘This will necessitate the writing of about 1000 to 1500 labels. [34] Director’s Annual Report. II ‘‘A portion of the genera Lepiachatina, Nesopupa, Lyropupa and Amastra are similarly worked out. About 10,000 lots remain to be worked up if we exclude the genus Achatinella, which con- tains from one-third to one-half the catalogue numbers of our col- lection. During the year the material of the Thwing collection, except Laminella and Achatinella, which probably contain nine- tenths of this valuable collection, has been catalogued and dis- tributed in proper order. The catalogued material contains about 750 numbers and has something over 4000 specimens. Also the Gulick collection, presented to the Museum by the Curator, has been arranged according to genera, but has not been catalogued, owing to lack of time. To properly catalogue, arrange and label these two valuable collections will take probably a year, at least, of undivided time. During the year 1607 catalogue numbers, containing 18,682 shells, have been added to the collections; of these 12,649 specimens were collected in the field by the Curator. ‘Two notable finds were made during the year: the first, a small collection of land and marine shells, probably presented to the Hawaiian Government, was found in one of the cases. ‘These shells were undoubtedly labeled by Dr. Newcomb, as experts in handwriting have compared the labels with letters written by Dr. Newcomb to Andrew Garrett, which letters are in the Museum, This collection contains a number of Dr. Newcomb’s species. The second find was in a large collection of more than 30,000 specimens of land and marine shells presented to the Museum by Mr. W. McInerny. This collection was made by Mr. H. M. Whitney, and given to Mr. McInerny by Miss Kelley. In this col- lection was found a large series of the very rare Carelia cochlea Pfr., and another series of Leptachatina fossilis Cooke, besides several fossil specimens of two or three new species of /cplachatina and Helicina, and a large series of Achatinella from Manoa and Tan- talus, and specimens of several species of Carelia. Of Carelia cochlea the Museum had but eight specimens, one from the Ancey [35] 12 Director's Annual Report. collection and seven from the Thwing collection. The new series showed several interesting variations in form, sculpture and color which have never been noted. Of Leptachatina fossilis the Museum did not possess a specimen. ‘This species was only known from the single type specimen in the Academy of Natural Science in Philadelphia. ‘During the year the Curator has started four series of card catalogues and has worked on them intermittently as time per- mitted. The first is a bibliographical catalogue arranged by authors, with lists of the new species described under each title. The second is a catalogue of the specific names of Hawaiian non- marine shells arranged alphabetically with a complete (if possible) list of references to each of the species. The third, arranged un- der each genus according to the catalogue numbers, is a series of notes on the specific characters of all the shells under each cata- logue number. The fourth is a catalogue ofthe different localities with lists of the species reported from each, and list of the Museum catalogue numbers of shells found in each. ‘The first and second catalogues are complete (so far as the Curator knows) from 1789 to 1843. ‘During the year Mr. Andrew Garrett’s drawings, notes, lists and letters have been labeled, indexed and arranged as far as pos- sible. During the year Dr. Pilsbry has published two parts of his Manual of Conchology, dealing with our Amastrinze. Types of several of his new species which were loaned to him by this Museum have been returned to our collection.’’ Casting and Modeling. Mr. J. W. Thompson has con- tinued his work on the grand collection of Hawaiian fish casts, but has, especially lately, turned his skill to making casts of rare speci- mens in the Museum for exchange with other museums for similar casts of their treasures which cannot otherwise be obtained. Mr. Thompson’s skill in painting these casts makes the result almost undistinguishable by sight from the original. I have never seen [36] Director’s Annual Report. 13 in foreign museums such good work in this line. I used to think that the late M. Brucciani of the British Museum was /acile princeps, but after seeing Mr. Thompson’s work I am compelled to revise my opinion. _ We have kad rare specimens that the owners did not care to give to the Museum at present, loaned to us for this reproduction, of which an illustration is given in my note of a curved adz printed later in this report. It is hoped that the next report may announce the acquisition of a number of rare objects from other museums and private collections that will largely increase the value and interest of our collections for study and comparison. I place this line of Mr. Thompson’s work next in importance to that of his fish casts. He has also prepared various zoological specimens for the Museum in the absence of any taxidermist. The care and rearrangement of our large ichthyological collection in spirits also fell to his charge, as we have no marine zoologist. Administration. Certain changes in the administration have greatly conduced to an increased production in each depart- ment. When it was decided to open the Museum on five days in the week (reserving Wednesday for such work as cannot well be done if interrupted by visitors), and end the very annoying system of special permits to steamer passengers, the office of Superintend- ent of Exhibition Halls was established, and Mrs. Helen M. Helvie appointed to the post from October 1st. This appointment was a particularly happy one, and under Mrs. Helvie’s care the halls have been kept in perfect order, and visitors greatly assisted; she has also had full control of the three janitors, thus relieving the rest of the staff from much interruption and waste of time. As our Librarian, Miss E. B. Higgins has nearly settled the library in its new quarters; she has found time to take charge of the accounts, and of the exchanges and publications, matters hitherto making increasing claims on the time of our universal helper, the Curator of Polynesian Ethnology. ‘This arrangement will give (37] 14 Director's Annual Report. him much more time for original investigation for which he is well fitted, and his department (the largest in the Museum) will be greatly benefitted. Mr. Stokes has also arranged and labelled our excellent collection of Hawaiian corals, many of which he collected. Attendance of Visitors. As the change in open days came into effect October rst, the list of attendance is given in two parts of which the totals may easily be compared. For last year the number of whites was 5457; this year 6210. The number of visitors of all nationalities for the two years was 11,012 and 11,202. TABLE OF ATTENDANCE. | | | o : | Open on Z| Average 5 wz $ _| &s |Attendance. P= z |: ‘ sotite 2 1911. a = Es g 2 Z | ow a £5 PIAS = Se el ae Sol Se ee | | SS ee le ais | & jog | @ |) 8465 |a01as|es\e6 5 = oS | e& iS) BS Oo |e | io) > o oe ) — | —_|___| | cribs | January .. ... 460| 80| 50) 37| GO| 28 9 BU a 75. eae 710 February ....-- 606 | so] 27| 114| 118 eee) 2 5 | 105 3 946 | March ........ BOB e080 40 84) VOT 221 9 6.) 498) 101) 9 960 April anne: 439 | 148] 64| 96| 127| 16| 9 4| 31] 965 8 890 May eeeioieh cates 433 | -e8'|\32:| 6A | 164 )- a1 8 3] 62°) 80 "az 762 | Tunere. eeets Vey || Gall y= Gael ee) Wea at) 6| 23 | 69 4 715 i iithoeiaenccnee 534 | 120| 64| 134] 186]. 17 9 5| 563/106 | 11 | 1,005 August ........ 5o7| 79| 55| 78| 104] 16 8 5 | 109| 94 | 22 $59 September 597 | 86] 8so| 99| 174| 41] 1 4| 163} 83 | 4001 ao Totals...... 4,535 | 819 | 481 | 767 /1,163| 159] 982/ 37] 526/ 90.2| 14.2] 7,924 October ......| 654| 315 | 113| 129] 132 6| 22 | ‘gi le 1,349 | | November ....| 440| 149| 119] 98| 247] 22) 20 | 50 1,075 December ......| 591| 62| 45] 52| 89] 15| 21 41 854 Totals...... 1,685 | 526 | 277] 279| 468) 43| 638 | | 52. 3,278 | List of Accessions. ETHNOLOGICAL. By Gift. Mrs. W. R. Castle, Honolulu: (10,249-I0,251) Two paddles. Micronesia. Fishing stick. Hawaiian Islands. Estate of the late A. S. Cleghorn, to be known as ‘‘The Kaiulani Collection’’: (10,257-10,544) Twenty-nine poi bowls, 3 meat dishes, 3 poi boards, finger bowl, 3 spittoons, olona board, bearing stick, 2 music sticks, 3 kahili handles, frame for mirror, 4 pillows, 14 sets of bed tapas, 3 tapa shawls, tapa loin-cloth, set tapa samples, tapa bundle, idol, dart, 10 tapa markers, 2 wands, 2 human hair necklaces, hook of coral, kukui-nut necklace, 2 olona scrapers, 3 Niihau mats, 4 lauhala mats, 5 tapa beaters, 2 kahili, knee drum, dip net, gourd water bottle, 9 feather lei, 3 tufts mamo feathers, surf-board, 8 fish- hooks, 8 poi pounders, mortar and pestle, stone lamp, stone dish for dye, 4 stone cups, stone mirror, 4 sling stones, 2 stone sinkers, 20 stone adzes, 2 stone gouges, 16 bowling stones, stone ham- mer, 5 polishers (of stone), stone clapper, canoe model, house model, 11 gourd, coconut and wooden bowls, stone idol, stone plummet, dish (of coral rock). Hawaiian Islands. Two spears, fan. Samoa. Two clubs, paddle, fly whisk, string of fish teeth, 2 shell rings, ivory and bead ornament, shell money, 2 bands braided grass. Southern Pacific. . Seven arrows, 2 spears. Solomon Islands. Stone poi pounder. Caroline Islands. Shell adze. Micronesia. Mrs. C. M. Cooke, Honolulu: (10,255) Ancient basket. Hawaiian Islands. : Dr. C. Montague Cooke, Honolulu: (10,256) Bath rubber. Hawaiian Islands. A. F. Judd, Honolulu: (11,015) Cane covered with mat-work. Philippine Islands. [39] 15 FIG. I. POI BOWL FROM THE KAIULANI COLLECTION. DIAMETER 14 INCHES. HIG. 2. MEAT DISH FROM THE KAIULANI COLLECTION. LENGTH 16 INCHES. FIG. 3. MEAT DISH FROM THE KAIULANI COLLECTION. LENGTH 29 INCHES. KAIULANI Cth te FIG. 4. FINGER BOWL FROM THE KAIULANI COLLECTION, FIG. 5. SPITTOONS FROM THE KAIULANI COLLECTION, 18 Director's Annual Report. H. Kahaule, Koloa, Kauai: (11,014) Stone kupua called Ka Huewai. W.H. Rice, Jr., Lihue, Kauai: (10,519-10,520) Two bowling stones. Kauai. D. Thaanum, Hilo, Hawaii: (10,667 ) Poi pounder, intermediate form. Kauai. F. W. Thrum, Hilo, Hawaii: (1I,OI2—11,013) Mortar and pestle. Olaa, Hawaii. Mrs. Emil Waterman, Honolulu: (10,560) Poi pounder, intermediate form. Kauai. A. K. Williams, Honolulu: (10,666) Adze. Oahu. By Exchange. G. R. Carter, Honolulu: (10,557-10,559) Two sprays of oo feathers, spray of iiwi feathers. Hawaiian Islands. By Purchase. Ukeke, tapa marker, 4 olona scrapers, polishing stone, 4 sling stones. Hawaiian Islands. (10,52I-10,531) Collection made by A. M. McBryde, Wahiawa, Kauai: (10,668-11,611) Thirty-nine stone adzes, 8 polishing stones, 3 stone ham- mers, 3 sling stones, wooden club, stone club, 5 stone pestles, I9 poi pounders, 7 stone cups, 4 stone dishes, 19 stone lamps, 3 stone mortars, kukui-nut crusher, stone mirror, 18 bowling stones, squid hook, 8 sinkers, 5 shells for squid hooks, phallic stone, stone idol, 32 tapa beaters, tapa board (for malo), 20 tapa markers and rulers, 2 hula foot plates, 4 music sticks, 2 massage sticks (for abdomen), massage stick (for back), lua stick, wooden dagger (double-pointed), fire stick, 2 spears, 2 olona boards, 5 olona scrapers, 8 netting needles, 5 spacers, 26 fish-hooks, 5 olona fish lines, 4 human hair necklaces, ivory comb, tortoise-shell comb, 8 ivory beads, ivory and glass bead necklace, 4 feather lei, pipe, 4 dogs’ teeth anklets, 2 Niihau mats, tapa shawl, 2 tapa dresses, 2 tapa waist-cloths, 3 sets bed tapas, potato bag, 10 knitted bags for poi bowls, shrimp [42] FIG. 6. PESTLE AND MORTAR FROM F. W. THRUM. LENGTH OF PESTLE, 13.5 INCHES. FIG. 7. STONE LAMPS FROM THE MCBRYDE COLLECTION. 20 Director's Annual Report. trap, shrimp basket, basket with cover, fish trap, 6 containers for lines and hooks, 3 water gourds, 3 gourd poi bowls, 2 gourd chests, gourd appliance for catching fish fry, 4 hula drums, gourd dish, gourd whistle, 2 tapa anvils, Hawaiian Islands. Poi pounder. Marquesas Islands. Two fish-hooks, pearl-shell ornament, pandanus mat, shell- money necklace, dress. Micronesia, Collection made by W. C. Schiefer, Makaweli, Kauai: (10,561-10,665 ) Forty adzes, stone knife, stone gouge, 10 stone pestles, 9 poi pounders, polishing stone, stone club, 2 stone mirrors, 4 sinkers, 2 mortars, 5 stone cups, sling stone, 2 stone hammers, adze handle, stone marble, 15 bowling stones, 3 tapa beaters, spit- toon, wooden dagger, pipe, coconut spoon. Hawaiian Islands. Wooden spoon, Alaska. By Loan. A. L.. C. Atkinson, Honolulu: (L, 475-477) Three Hawaiian stone implements. Francis Gay, Makaweli, Kauai: (L, 547-548) Two Hawatlian stone knives. Miss Frances Johnson, Pearl City: (L, 525) Carved Marquesan bowl. Paul Kahlbaum, Koloa, Kauai: (L, 526-545) Stone club head, sinker, stone cup, stone lamp, stone mirror, stone pestle, bowling stone, polishing stone, slingstone, 4 stone adzes, olona fish-line, ro fish-hooks, 3 poi bowls. Hawaiian Islands. J. R. Myers, Kilauea, Kauai: (L 549-550) Stone adze, stone axe. Hawaiian Islands. W.-H, Rice, Sr,, Lihue, Kauai: (L, 478-524) Adze handle, 11 stone adzes, 4 polishing stones, 4 bowling stones, 3 sinkers, 4 poi pounders, 4 sling stones, stone cup, stone mortar, stone idol, pearl-shell knife, paddle, poi bowl of Kuhau- moana, water-bottle of Keelikolani, poi bowl of ornamented gourd, pillow, human hair necklace, tapa mallet, set of bed tapa. Hawaiian Islands. [44] List of Accessions. 21 Three tapas. Samoa. Shell necklace. Micronesia. S. W. Wilcox, Lihue, Kauai: (L, 546) Hawaiian stone adze, with arched cutting edge. RELICS AND ECONOMICS. By Gift. J. W. Brogan, Honolulu: (10,532-10,536) Five specimens of pottery made from Hawaiian clays. Estate of the late A. S. Cleghorn, part of the Kaiulani Collection: (10,257-10,544) Seven Hawaiian, 1 Japanese and 1 Servian decoration. Two medals, Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society, awarded to Princesses Likelike and Kaiulani. Nine Hawaiian banners and flags belonging to Princesses Likelike and Kaiulani. Bonnet of Princess Ruth. Dress of Princess Kaiulani. Key to first government vault. Cannon ball, supposed to have been fired at Kealakeakua bay by one of Captain Cook’s vessels. Glove box belonging to Princess Likelike. Dining table belonging to Hon. Abner Paki. Two chairs belonging to Minister R. C. Wyllie. Chair belonging to Kamehameha V. Rev. W. D. Westervelt, Honolulu: (10,252-10,254) Admiral’s hat, sword and epaulettes, said to have belonged to Kapaakea. BOTANICAL. Merrill, Philippine plants (exchange).-++++++seeeeeseeees 300 Elmer, Philippine plants (purchase)..-+++++seeeeeeeeees 1,250 Maiden, Australian plants (exchange) «-++eeeeeeeeeeeees 100 Herbarium Prince Roland Bonaparte (exchange)..---.-.- 109 C. M. Cooke, 94 packets Hawaiian Hepaticae, 2 Hawaiian PlANtS eee e eee e cee n eer seee ners nesenes Pe re 96 J. M. Lydgate, Hawaiian plants «--+.sseeeeee eee ecerenee 14 J. J. Greene, fasciated Sapota.... see ceeseceeceeeeveeves I J. W. Thompson ..--seeeccceccce ccc svecssccvsesececes 2 22 Director's Annual Report. iB Ge Sto eeSivie aie hetegaie tele. c1anwisinse)/s)s\ sie e's (nys/locno.e.10 nein, et sini oe latent 3 F. H. Partridge, fasciated Codiaeum......-.++-sseeseeee I G. P. Wilder, cultivated plant. .-.-..eseee eect cece eeee I V.S. Holt (U. S. Agricultural Station), peculiar ohia root I (Cimon Ss eOleasteinlonnd aopon aco Goancad0nbon 06b6 0000 S00C 2,549 Total additions to herbarium....+...+eeeeeeeeeeeees 4,428 CONCHOLOGICAL. Collected or given by Specimens Lots Curator of Pulmomata-.-+.ssee eee eeee ee ee cree anes 12,649) om I. Spalding .....scesseecsvevscevcceeccccves sees 2.074 memes ASHE PU Ge eare:fatevereteies te coe wie! 0) 6106 ia wie 0) a 6's joie sp ine» %e 189 29 (RPE COO Ke wen tetote fo te elante eterna! he hevsuare: srcialo: ehevete ls ies itelle dene 16 4 HREM. Ch Idle boli Ol feepenateWeneveyertensiene oie aise veliole.'c cresevaule yoke avis, oy ere tous 209 6 GRIN PRE O elo GC Sireuvene veroreite eiteren ete toteuelieve edion ciate teRevchee: clevetieteurcs 324 29 AML a tars UU OL net ia ae here vcv RSS Sidhe pire’ a56' alee Sea ents galore 473 43 W. A, Bryatie . occ cee ccc ccc ccce ccccccen ance cone 1ge 2 Bee tae VG Le hosel ao. oe alee ialeleilavie. 6/0). !'e leie sie eels ale atiee ca ets ahs 26 6 W. Emory Sf LOOLS ENC BGG CROICICRICECREE Ih SP OLM ERR ETM ROM RenT 15 F. and EF. Lyman and E. Rowold .........--2--.-- 116 29 NO alla atin tadizete see tetcsiemaisye ole ‘oles iaulew 0! vislevetevels oh one/s.5he atata 449 ‘hs URE ae 1t DSiskete shot st stoke aie loiere otc:/s) ole; se-eiehe 6 le arewe/everenen aleve 58 jee: C. M. Cooke, Jr. --ccc ens ones even ccesccerncesvces 13 4 Uncatalogued material in Museum collected prior to 191t from H. W. Henshaw, D. Thrum, R. Duncan, H. Meyer, D. D. Baldwin, A. H. Rice, R. A. Cooke (some of these are para- and metatypes) +.---..-. 1,939 439 Thwing collection (purchased) .....++ssseseeeeeee 4,370 .203 AUS Ota leg casvolen ches tec one Sot teen eo ol a Sia ct is ae a+ 23,052 1,870 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY. The Kaiulani Collection. Bequest of the late A. S. Cleghorn. Agricultural Society, Royal Hawaiian.—Report for 1884. Hono- lulu, 1884. Agricultural Society, Royal Hawaiian.—Rules; Transactions, i, 1. Alexander, W. D.—Brief history of the Hawaiian people. New York. First edition. [46] | | ; List of Accessions. 23 Andrews, Lorrin.—Dictionary of Hawaiian language. Honolulu, 1865. Andri, A.—Les Isles Hawaii. Gand, 1886. Annales de |’ extréme Orient et de 1’ Afrique. Paris, 1889. Anson’s Voyage. R. Walter, ed. London, 1748. Aylmer, Fenton.—Cruise in the Pacific. London, 1860. Belcher, Sir Edward.—Voyage of H. M.S. Samarang. London, 1849. Bliss, William R.—Paradise in the Pacific. New York, 1873. Boddom-Wetham, J. W.—Pearls of the Pacific. London, 1876. Bonwick, James.—Wild white man and the blacks of Victoria. Melbourne, 1863. Brassey, Lady.—Last voyage in the Sunbeam. London, 1889. Brinsmade vs. Jarves.—Report of the case. Honolulu, 1846. Bulletin, Daily.—Feb.-Dec., 1882; Jan.-April also Feb.-July, 1883; Oct. 16, 1883- May 31, 1884. Honolulu. [Burnett, Charles C.] The land of the Oo, by Ash Slivers, Sr. Cleveland, 1892. Californian, The, Sept., 1881. San Francisco. Campbell, Archibald.—Voyage round the world. Edinburg, 1816. Campbell, John.— Maritime discovery and Christian missions. London, 1840. Catton, John Dean.—Miscellanies. Boston, 1880. Cheever, Henry T.—Island world of the Pacific. Glasgow. Christian, F. W.—Notes from the Caroline Islands. Civil Code, Hawaiian Islands. Compiled 1859. Honolulu, 1859. Compiled 1882. Honolulu, 1884. Cook, James, and King, James.—A voyage to the Pacific Ocean. 4to. 2d ed., 3 vols. and atlas. London, 1785. Cook, Clerke and Gore.—A voyage to the Pacific Ocean. 16 mo. 3d ed., 4 vols. Perth, 1789. Coulter, John.—Adventures in the Pacific. Dublin, 1845. Crosby, E. E., ed.—Persecutions in Tonga. London, 1886. Craft, Mabel.—Hawaii Nei. San Francisco. Cumming, C. F. Gordon.—At home in Fiji. New York, 1882. Fire fountains. Edinburg and London, 1883. Cummings, Henry.—Cruise of the U.S.S. Tuscarora. San Fran- cisco, 1874. (47] 24 Director's Annual Report. Dole, Sanford B.—Birds of the Hawaiian Islands. 2d ed. Hono- lulu, 1879. D’Urville, Dumont.—Voyage autour du monde. Paris, 1834. Eardly-Wilmot, S. (Ed.)—Our journal in the Pacific by the officers of H. M.S. Zealous. London, 1873. Edinburg Review, March, 1831. Ellis, William.— Tour through Hawaii. London, 1826. Also 4th ed., London, 1828. Ellis, William.—Polynesian researches. 2 vols. London, 1829. Ellis, W.—Voyage of Captain Cook. London, 1783. Fanning, Edmund.— Voyages round the world. New York, 1833. Forbes-Lindsay, C. H.—America’s insular possessions. Phila- delphia, 1906. Fyfe, George.—Cruise of the St. George (1891-1892). Wellington. Gibson, Walter Murray.—Sanitary instructions for Hawaiians, in English and Hawaiian. Honolulu, 1880. Gillis, J. A.—The Hawaiian incident. Boston, 1897. Grant, Robert.—Kapiolani and other poems. London, 1848. Greenhow, Robert.—Oregon Territory. Washington, 1840. Griffin, John. — Memoirs of Captain James Wilson. 2d. ed., re- vised. London. Harris, John.— Navigatium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca. 2vols. London, 1744-1748. Hawaii, Legislature. —Journal of House, 1901.—Proceedings, 1886 (compiled from reports of Daily Bulletin, also those com- piled by Frank Godfrey).— Reports to Legislature (complete and incomplete volumes) in English and Hawaiian, 1873-1905; Session laws, 6 volumes, 1840-1893. Hawaiian, The, i, 1, 3-5, 7, 1895-1896. Honolulu. Hawaiian, Daily, 1, ii, 1884-1885. Honolulu Hawaiian Kingdom, Directory and Handbook of. J.C. Lane, ed. San Francisco, 1888. Hawaiian Kingdom, Directory, 1880-1881. George Bowser, ed. Honolulu, 1880. Hawaiian Kingdom: Treaties since 1825. Honolulu, 1887. Hawaiian Spectator, ii, 2. Honolulu, 1839. Hawaiian Songs. 4 vols. Manuscript. Hawkesworth, John.—Account of voyages for making discoveries in the southern hemisphere. 4 vols. Perth, 1779. [48] _ r List of Accessions. 25 Hillebrand, W. F.—Flora of the Hawaiian Islands. New York. 1888. Himeni Hawaii. (Hymn book of Kamehameha V.) New York, 1872. Himeni Hawaii. Oahu, 1834. Honolulu Library and Reading Room Association.—Catalogue, 1886. Hood, T. H.—Cruise in H. M.S. Fawn. Edinburgh, 1863. Hopkins, Manley.—Spicilegium poeticum. London. Hopkins, Samuel W.— Two gentlemen of Hawaii. New York, 1894. Hornby, G. T. Phipps —The cruise of the Flying Squadron. London, 1871. Jarves, J. J.—History of the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. London, 1843. Also Honolulu edition, 1872. Jarves, J. J.— Kiana: a tradition of Hawaii. Cambridge, 1857. Jewett, Frances Gulick.—Life of Luther Halsey Gulick. Boston and Chicago. Kirchhoff, Theodor.—Reise nach Hawaii. Altona, 1890. Kittlitz, F. H. von.—Vegetation of the Pacific. London, 1861. Kotzebue, Otto von.—Voyage in the South Sea. 3vols. London, 1821. Kotzebue, Otto von.—New voyage round the world. 2 vols. Lon- don, 1830. Krusenstern’s voyage round the world lJLondon, 1813. Lambert, C., and Lambert, S.—Voyage of the Wanderer. Lon- don, 1883. Lamont, E. H.—Wild life among the Pacific islanders. London, 1867. Land claims (in Hawaiian and English). Honolulu, 188r. La Pérouse.—Voyage autour du monde. ' 4 vols. and atlas. Paris, 1797. Leonard, George.—Hawaiian arithmetic. Honolulu, 1852. Liliuokalani.—Hawaii’s story by Hawaii’s Queen. Boston, 1898. Lira Kamalii oia na himeni, etc. New York. Luce, George H.—Our pilgrimage. Milwaukee, 1889. Lyman, Henry M.—Hawaiian yesterdays. Chicago, 1906. Macgregor, Laird.—Description of Honolulu. London, 1875. Marchand, Etienne.— Voyage autour du monde. Paris, 1798-1800. [49] 26 Director's Annual Report. Martin, John.—Mariner’s natives of the Tonga islands. 2 vols. London, 1818. Maxwell, Walter.—Lavas and soils of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1898. Meares, John.—Voyages made in 1788 and 1789. London, 1791. Morrell, Benjamin, Jr.—Narrative of four voyages. New York, 1832. Nicholson, H. Whaley.—Fortune in five years at Honolulu. London, 1881. North American Review, vol. 156, no. 3. 1893. Nottage, Charles G.—In search of a climate. London, 1894. Nuhou (Hawaiian News), i, 1-26, 1873. Honolulu. Nupepa Kuokoa. Oct., 1861-Dec., 1862. Honolulu. Overland Monthly, i, 6, 1868. San Francisco. Owen, J. A., Mrs.—Our Honolulu boys. London. Pelham, Cavendish, ed.— Modern voyages and travels. 2 vols. London, 1808-1810. Pelham, Cavendish.—Pelham’s voyages. 2 vols. London, 1806- 1808, Percival, EK. H.—Ljife of Sir David Wedderburn. London, 1884. Polynesian, The, xi, 1855. Honolulu. Prayer book in Hawaiian. london, 1883. Ruschenberger, W. S. W.—Voyage round the world. 2 vols. London, 1838. Sandwich Islands Monthly Magazine.—Fornander, A., ed., i, 1-5, 1856. San Francisco News Letter, July-Sept., 1864. Simpson, Alexander.—Sandwich Islands. London, 1843. Spreckels, J. D. & Bros.—Ports of San Francisco, San Diego, and Honolulu. San Francisco, 1889. Spry, W. J. J.—Cruise of the Challenger. London, 1877. Staley, Thomas Nettleship, Bishop of Honolulu.—Five years church work in Hawaii. London, 1868. Stevenson, Robert Louis.—Father Damien: an open letter to Dr. Hyde. Boston. Also edition published in Sydney, 1890. Stevenson’s friends, Letter to.—Lloyd Osbourne, ed. 1894. Stewart, C. S.—Visit to South Seas in U. S. ship Vincennes. 2 vols. London, 1832. Also abridged edition, William Ellis, ed=—) London; 13832. [50] List of Accessions. 27 Stewart, C. S.—Private journal. 2ded. Dublin, 1831. Stoddard, Charles Warren.—Hawaiian life. Chicago, 1894. Summer cruising in the South Seas. London, 1881. Lepers of Molokai. Notre Dame, Ind., 1886. Strahlenburg, Philip John von.—Description of north and eastern parts of Europe and Asia. London, 1738. Tonga Islands.—Custom house statistics, 4th quarter, 1886. Auckland, 1887. Trade and commerce statistics for 1887. Auckland, 1888. Tregear, E.—Maori in Asia. Tyerman, Daniel, and Bennett, George.—Voyages and travels round the world. London, 1841. United Service, x, 5, 1884. Philadelphia. United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.—Geodesy, appendix 14, report for 1888. Washington, 1890. United States Congress. Matter relating to the Hawaiian Islands contained in messages of United States presidents to the 52nd, 53rd and 55th Congresses. Vancouver, George.—Voyage round the world. 6 vols. London, 1801. Vincent, Frank. —Through and through the tropics. London, 1876. Wakeman, Edgar.—Log of an ancient mariner. San Francisco, 1878. Walpole, Fred.—Four years in the Pacific. 2 vols. London, 1849. Warriner, Francis.—Cruise of Potomac round the world. New York, 1835. Webster, John.—lLast cruise of the Wanderer. Sydney. Wilkes, Charles.—United States exploring expedition (1838-1842). 2vols. London, 1852. Also abridged edition. New York, 1851. Wood, J. G.—Uncivilized races of the world. Hartford and San Francisco, 1878. Miscellaneous pamphlets (232), framed pictures (80), photo- graphs (62). Accessions by Exchange. ADELAIDE, SouTH AUSTRALIA. Royal Geographical Society of South Australia. — Proceed- ings, xi. Royal Society of South Australia.— Transactions and pro- ceedings, xxxiv, 1910. (51] 28 Director's Annual Report. AMSTERDAM, HOLLAND. Universiteit van Amsterdam.—Catalogus van de boeken be- trekkelijk het Notariat in de Universiteits-Bibliotheek te Am- sterdam, IgIo. BARCELONA, SPAIN. Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona.—Boletin, iii, 2.—Memorias, viii, 24-31 and index; x, 1, 2.—Nomina del personal Academico, 1910-1911. BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA. University of California. — Publications: American arche- ology and ethnology, viii, index; ix, 3; x, 1-3.—Botany, iv, 7-11.—Chronicle, xiii, 1-4.—Pathology, ti, 1-3.—Physiology, tv, 4-7.—Zoology, vi, 12-14; vii, 2-9; viii, 1, 2, 4-9.—Memoirs, i, 2; 11. BERLIN, GERMANY. Authropologische Gesellschaft.—Zeitschrift, xlii, 6; xiii, 1-4. Konigl. Museum fur Volkerkunde.—Fuhrer durch das Mu- seum ftir 1911. BERNE, SWITZERLAND. Bern Historisches Museum.—Jahresbericht, 1910. Boston, MASSACHUSETTS. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. — Proceedings, xlvii, 1-9. Boston Museum of Fine Arts.—Bulletin, viii, 49-53. Boston Public Library. — Bulletin, iii; iv, 1-3. Fifty-ninth annual report. Boston Society of Natural History.—Proceedings, xxxii, in- dex; xxxiv, 12.—Memoirs, iv, 7. BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND. Royal Society of Queensland.—Proceedings, xxiii, I. BROOKLYN, NEW YORK. Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.— . Science bulletin, i, index and title page. BRUSSELS, BELGIUM. Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique.— Annales, xl, xdy, oxly,. [52] i List of Accessions. 29 BuDA-PEST, HUNGARY. Museum Nacional Hongrois,—Anzeiger, v. BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Museo Nacional.—Anales, xili-xiv. Carcurta, INDIA. Asiatic Society of Bengal.—Journal and proceedings, v, I-11; vi, I-6. Indian Museum.— Annual Report, 1909-1910; 1I910-1911.— Memoirs, ii, 4, and index; iii, 1, 2.—Records, iii, 4, and index; iv, I-7; v; vi, 1-3.—Alcyonarians of the Indian Ocean, ii.— Echinoderma, vi (Asteroidea, ii).—Catalogue of Indian deca- pod Crustacea, i, 2.—Illustrations of the zoology of the Investi- gator.—Mollusca, part vi, plates xxi-xxlil. CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS. Harvard University Library.—Report, 1gro. Museum of Comparative Zoology.—Bulletin, liti, 5; liv, 2-8.— Memons Xv, 4; xxKVi, 7; Xxxix, 2; xl, 2; 3: xlv, 1.—Annual report, I9IO-IQII. Peabody Museum.—Memoirs, iv, index; v, 1, 2.—Papers, v; vi, 1.—Forty-fourth report, 1909-1910. CAPETOWN, SOUTH AFRICA. South African Museum.—Annals, v, 8, 9, title and index; vi, me fise atid inidex: wil,’ 4;.-Vill,. 1; 15, 13 KF; MIT, 2, CuHIcAGo, ILLINOIS. Field Museum.—Report series, iv, 1. CHRISTCHURCH, NEW ZEALAND. Canterbury Museum.—Records, i, 3. COPENHAGEN, DENMARK. Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord.— Mémoires, 1910.— Nordiske Fortidsminder, ii, 1. DRESDEN, GERMANY. Konigl. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum.—Abhandlungen und Berichte, xiii, 2-4. [53] 30 Director's Annual Report DUBLIN, IRELAND. Royal Irish Academy.— Proceedings, section B, xxix, 1-6; section C, xxix, 1-8; xxxi (Claire Island survey), 4, 5, 14, 22, 39, 51, 65. EDINBURG, SCOTLAND. Royal Society of Edinburg.—Proceedings, xxx, 7; XXXI, I-4. FRANKFURT ON MAIN, GERMANY. Stadt. Volker-Museum.—Veroffentlichungen, i, 3 (2te Abt.); iil. FLORENCE, ITALY. Societa Italiana di Antropologia. — Archivio per l’antro- pologia e la etnologia; xl, 3, 4; xli; 1, 2. HAMBURG, GERMANY. Museum ftir Volkerkunde.—Bericht, 1910. HONOLULU, HAWAII. Hawaiian Evangelical Association.—Report, 1908. Hawaiian Historical Society.— Papers, 1, 8 (reprints ).—Seven- teenth annual report and papers, 1909; eighteenth report and papers, Jan.-June, 1911. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association.—Division of agricul- ture and chemistry, Bulletins, 36-37.— Division of pathology and physiology, Bulletin, 10.—Proceedings, 1909. Oahu College.—Catalogue, 1910-1911. United States Experiment Station.—Bulletins, 22-24.—Press bulletins, 28-32.—Annual report, 1910. LEIDEN, HOLLAND. Rijks Ethnographisch Museum.—Verslag van den directeur, IQ09-I9IO. LIVERPOOL, ENGLAND. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine.—Annals, iv, 3,4; v, 1,2. LONDON, ENGLAND. Royal Anthropological Institute.—Journal, xl; xli. [54] List of Accesstions. 31 MANILA. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. Bureau of Science.—Report, 1909; 1910.—Journal of science: Pe Oo Vi tA. Bo, 5, °6;' Vi, 1-4. OC, v5-5,. 6 wil t-5.- D, 7, 4-6; vi, 1-4. MELBOURNE, VICTORIA. Royal Society of Victoria.—Proceedings, xxiii, 2. MEXICO. Instituto Geologico de Mexico.—Boletin, 27, 28.—Parergones, ili, 6-8. MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA. University of Minnesota.—Minnesota plant studies, 1-4. NEw HAVEN, CONNECTICUT. Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Memoirs, iii.— Transactions, xvi, pp. 246-407. NEw PLyomuTH, NEw ZEALAND. Polynesian Society.—Journal, xx, 1-3.—Memoirs, i. NEw York, NEw YorK. American Museum of Natural History. — Annual report, 1910.—Anthropological papers, v, 2; vi, 2; vii, 1.—Bulletins, XXVii; xxix.—Guide leaflets, 31-33.—Journal, xi, 1-7,.—Mem- oirs, iil, index. Columbia University.— Biological series, vi.—Anthropologi- cal series, ii. New York Botanical Garden.—Bulletins, 25, 26. OBERLIN, OHIO. Oberlin College.— Wilson Bulletin, xiv, 1-4; xxii. 3, 4; met, t. 2:. PARA, BRAZIL. Museu Goeldi.—Boletin, vi. PARIS, FRANCE. Ecole d’ Anthropologie.— Revue anthropologique, 21 année.— Table décennale, 1901-1910. Société d’Anthropologie.— Bulletins et Mémoires, v° série x, 2-6; vit série, i, 2-3. [55] 32 Director's Annual Report. PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.—Proceedings, Ixii, 3; Lxtii, 1.—Journal, xiv, 3. American Philosophical Society. — Proceedings, 197-201.— ‘Transactions, xxii, 1. University of Pennsylvania.—Babylonian expedition, series A, xxix, 1.—Sembower, Life and poetry of Charles Cotton. University of Pennsylvania Museum.—Anthropological pub- lications, i, 2.—Publications of the Babylonian section, 1, 1.— Journal of the museum, i, 3; li, 1, 2.—Publications of the Egyp- tian section, 1-v. Wagner Free Institute —Annual announcement, IgII-1912. Philadelphia Commercial Museums.—Textile industries of Philadelphia, 1gro-1g11. PIETERMARITZBURG, SOUTH AFRICA. Natal Government Museum.—Annals, il, 2. PITTSBURG, PENNSYLVANIA. Carnegie Museum.— Annals, vii, 2.—Memoirs, iv, 6, 7.— Founder’s day proceedings, 1899-1901, 1903, 1905, 1911.—Re- port of director, 1898, rgit. PLYMOUTH, ENGLAND. Marine Biological Association.—Journal, ix, 2. PORTICK, TRAY, R. Scuola Superiore d’ Agricoltura.—Bollettino del labora- torio di zoologia, v. RIO DE JANEIRO. L, Instituto de Maguinhos.—Memorias, ii, 2; ili, I. RomE, ITALY. Reale Accademia dei Lincei.—Atti, xx, I-12; xx (2 semestre), 1-7, 9.—Memorie, vili, 7-12.—Rendiconto, ii, pp. 502-579. Str. Louris, M1ssourI. Missouri Botanical Garden.—Annual report, 1910. SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA. California Academy of Sciences.—Proceedings, fourth series, i, pp. 7-288. [56] List of Accessions. o>) ISS) STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA. Leland Stanford Junior University.—Contributions to biology, 4, 18, 28. — Register, 1908-1911. — Report of president, 1905, 1907-1910.— University series, 5, 6.—Matzke memorial volume. STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN. Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademien.—An- tikvarisk Tidskrift, Del. 19.—Fornvannen, 1910. SYDNEY, NEW SoOuUTH WALES. Australian Museum. — Memoirs, iv, 13-16.— Records, ii, 2; maak. 2>- Ix, 2.-—Special catalogue, No. 1, iii, 1-3. Department of Agriculture.—Science bulletin, 3, 4.—Agri- cultural gazette, xxii. Department of Mines.— Mineral resources of New South Wales, 13.—Annual report, 1910. Linnean Society of New South Wales.—Proceedings, xxxv, ASEee YI, I. Royal Society of New South Wales.—Journal and proceed- ings, xlii, xliv. VIENNA, AUSTRIA. K. K. Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum, xxiii, I, 2; xxiv, I-4. WASHINGTON, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Bureau of American Ethnology.—Annual report, 1905-1906.— Bulletins, 1-4, 7, 8, 17, 21, 30 (pt. 2), 31, 40, 43, 50, 51. Carnegie Institution of Washington.—Publications, 27 (vol. MH), 74 (yols; ili, iv), 88, 120,.127,. 128, 130-1345.4137-140) 1 54= 157.— Year-book, 1910.— Report of director of department of marine biology, 1910. — Classics of international law, by R. Zouche. Smithsonian Institution. — Report of secretary, 1876-1879, 1881-1888, 1890-1893, 1895-1904, 1906, 1908-1910.—Report of board of regents, part 1; 1882, 1886, 1887, 1888, 1890, 1891, 1895, 1906.— Contributions to knowledge, ii-xxii, xxvii (in- complete), xxix, xxxii, xxxlii, xxxiv (incomplete), xxxv OCCASIONAL PAPERS B. P. B. M. VOL. V, NO. 2.—3. 57] 34 Director's Annual Report. (incomplete ).—Miscellaneous collections, xiii, xvi-xxvil, Xxxv (incomplete), xxxvi-xxxvili (incomplete), xxxix-xli, xliv, xlv, xlvi (incomplete), xlvii-xlix, 1 (incomplete), li-lv, lvi (incomplete), lvii (incomplete), lviii (incomplete ).—Contribu- tions to United States National Herbarium, iv; v, 2-6; vii, I, 2; viii, 1-3; xiii, 7-11.— Harriman Alaska expedition, vols. i-v, Vill-xiil. United States Geological Survey.—Annual report, 1910.— Bulletins, 381, 429-431, 433-465, 467, 468, 472-483, 486, 487-490, 495.—Water supply papers, 240, 242, 253-258, 260-270, 272-277. —Professional papers, 70, 72, 73, 75.—Monograph, 52.—Min- eral resources of the United States, 1909.—Geologic atlas of the United States.—Folios, 5, 167-176. United States National Museum.—Bulletins, 1-4, 6-15, 17-18, 20-22). 95°23. °20, 32, 39, pts. A-C, B-M, P-S, 62, 65, 70, 7 TU oieaee 2-75, 76 (pt. 1).—Proceedings, 38-40.—Report, 1884, 1890, 1910. WELLINGTON, NEw ZEALAND. Dominion Museum.—Bulletin, 3. New Zealand Institute.—Transactions and proceedings, xliii. MISCELLANEOUS. (PURCHASED UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED. ) Anderson, Tempest.—The Volcano of Matavanu in Savaii. Given by the author. American Anthropological Association.—Memotirs, il, 5. American Anthropologist.— Current numbers. Also iii; iv, 2-4, given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. American Association of Museums.—Proceedings, iv, 1910. Given by the Association. American Association for the Advancement of Science—Proceed- ings, 1906. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. American Geographical Society.—Bulletin, xliii, 2 Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Anatomy and Physiology, Journal of, xli, 2; xlv, 2-4; xlvi, I. [58] List of Accessions. 35 Appleton, Estelle.—A comparative study of the play activities of adult savages and civilized children. Chicago, 1910. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Aures.—Note sur une inscription antique du Musée de Nimes. Baker, J. G.—Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles. London, 1877. Bastian, A.—Inselgruppen in Oceanien. Berlin, 1883. Berger, Philippe.— Three papers on inscriptions. Paris, 1876, 1889. Borcherding, Fr.— Monographie der auf der Sandwich-Inseln Kauai lebenden Molluskengattung Carelia H. und A. Adams. Frankfurt a/M., Igto. British Museum.—Handbook to the ethnographical collections.— National Antarctic expedition, v. London, r1gto. Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier-Reichs.— Mollusca, ili, 113-118. Brown, George.—Autobiography. London, 1908. Brown, William.— New Zealand and its aborigines. London, 1845. Buk en al (Hymnbook ). Honolulu, 1868. Acquired by ex- change with Mr. H. Ballou. Burton, John Wear.—The Fiji of to-day. London, rgro. Caillot, A. C.—Les Polynésiens orientaux au contact de la civil- ization. Paris, 1909. Cambridge University, England.—Annual report of museum and lecture rooms syndicate, 1910. Given by the University. Candolle, Aug. Pyramo de.—Prodomus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. 17 vols. Paris, 1824-1873. Chabouillet, M. A.—Inscriptions et antiquités. Paris, 1881. Chilton, Charles.—Subantarctic islands of New Zealand. Well- ington, 1909. Christ, H.—Die Geographie der Farne. Jena, 1910. Cincinnati Museum.— Annual report, 1910. Given by the Mu- seum. [59] 36 Director's Annual Report. Cleghorn, Hon. A. S.—Resolution of condolence by the Ahahui Hoola Lahui to the Hon. A. S. Cleghorn on the death of Princess Kaiulani. Given by Mr. Percy T. Cleghorn. Cotteau, Edmond.—En Océanie. Paris, 1888. Cowan, James.—Maoris of New Zealand. Christchurch, 1g1o. Crozier, A. A.—Dictionary of botanical terms. New York, 1892. Crustacea. Three hundred separates. Purchased from the estate of the late G. W. Kirkaldy. Darwin, Charles. — Structure and distribution of coral reefs. London. David, Mrs. Edgeworth.—Funafuti. London, 1899. Delaporte, M. de.—Le Voyageur francois, iv. Paris, 1774. Deseret Museum, Salt Lake City.—Bulletin, 1, 2. Given by the Museum. Detroit Museum of Art.—Bulletin, v, 4. Given by the Museum. Dewulf, E.—Inscriptions trouvées en 1866. Dezeimeris, Reinhold.—Inscriptions antiques a Bordeaux. Bor- deaux, 1880. Dibble, Sheldon.—History of the Sandwich Islands. Honolulu, 1go9. Dictionaire, toga-francais et francais-toga. Paris, 1890. Dictionary, Century. Supplement. 2 vols. New York, 1g1o. Dumont, Albert.—Inscriptions de la Thrace. D’ Urville, Dumont.—Voyage pittoresque. 2vols. Paris, 1834-1835. Voyage de 1’ Astrolabe et la Zélée. 10 vols. Paris, 1846. Earle, Augustus. — Nine months residence in New Zealand. London, 1832. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. Three papers on fungi. and J. Dearness.—Canadian fungi. Ellis, John Eimeo.—Life of William Ellis. London, 1873. Ellis, William.—History of Madagascar. 2 vols. London, 1838. Encyclopaedia Britannica. gth edn., 24 vols. New York, 1878- 1889. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Encyclopaedia Britannica. 11th edn., 29 vols. Cambridge, 1g1t. [60] List of Accessions. 24 Ethnographie, Archiv ftir, xviii; xix. Fernald, M. L..—Eleocharis ovata. Boston, 1899. Filippo, S.—I veri scopritori. Roma, 1892. Flora, xxxii; xxxili. Singer edition. Regensburg, 1874-1875. Forster, John Reinhold. — Observations made during a voyage round the world. London, 1778. Garruci, Raphael.—Graffhti de Pompei. Paris, 1856. Geddes, Patrick, and J. Arthur Thompson.— The evolution of sex. London. Geographen Kalendar. Gotha, 1911. Gerstacker, Friedrich.—Reisen. 5 vols. Stuttgart, 1853. Gilruth, J. A., and Georgina Sweet.—Onchocerca Gibsoni. Syd- ney, 1911. Given by the Commonwealth of Australia. Gould, F. G.—Concise history of religion. 3 vols. London, 1897. Grandidier, Alfred.—Histoire de la géographie de Madagascar. Paris, 1885. Guppy, H. B.—Observations of a naturalist in the Pacific. Plant dispersal, 1i.. London, 1906. Haekel, Ernst.—Riddle of the universe. London, 1900. ——The wonders of life. New York, 1905. Hamburg.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen, xix, 3-5.—Verhl. 1909, 1910. Given by the Verein. Hansen, H. J.—The Choniostomatidae. Copenhagen, 1897. Hauser, N.—Aus dem Wanderbuche eines Osterreichen Virtuosen. 2vols. Leipzig, 1860. Hawaii.— Board of Agriculture and Forestry. Report, 1910. Botanical bulletin, i. Given by the Board. Report of Attorney-General to the Governor of Hawaii. :911. Given by the Attorney-General. Report of Public School Fund Commission, 1911. Given by the Commission. Hawaii, College of.—Report, 1909-1911.—Given by the College. Hawaiian Evangelical Association. — Reports, 1899 and 1907. Given by A. F. Judd, Esq. [61] 38 Director's Annual Report. Hawatlian Legislature.—Message of the Governor, 1911.—Report of the T'reasurer, 1911.—Journal of the Senate, 1911.—House journal in English and in Hawaiian, 1911.—Session laws, 1911. —Organic act of the Territory of Hawaii, 1911. Given by the Governor. Heller, Camil.—Reise der Novara. Zoolog. Theil, ii, 3.— Crus- taceen. Wien, 1865. Herder, F. von.—Monopetalae. Hulme, F. Edward.—Symbolism in Christian art. London, 1gio. Hunt, James.—Interpretation of inscriptions. Ibis. 9th series, ii, and supplement; iii-iv. Imperial Earthquake Investigation Committee. Bulletin, iv, 2; Vee luoleyo. Jenkins, J. S.—Recent exploring expeditions. London, 1853. Kerville, Gadeau de.—Faunes marine et maritime de la Norman- die. Paris, 1901. Kramer, Augustin.—Die Samoa-Inseln. 2 vols. Stuttgart, 1903. Laborde, M. de.—Histoire de la Mer du Sud. Paris, 1791. Laplace, M.—Voyage autour du monde. 4 vols. Paris, 1833- 1835. Le Guillou, Elie.—Voyage autour du monde de 1’ Astrolabe et la Zélée. Paris, 1842. Lejay, Paul.—Inscription antiques. Paris, 1889. Le Rouzic, Zachérie.—Carnac et ses monuments. Morlaix, 1897. Lesson, M. de.— Voyage de la Coquille. Paris, 1839. Linnean Society of London.—Journal. Botany, xxxviiil. Zoology, Xxx.—Proceedings, Nov., 1896-June, 1897; 1855-1865. Lukis, W. C.— Guide to chambered barrows in Brittany. Rippon, 1875. Mallet, Auguste.— Contribution 4 l'étude des pétroglyphes. Le Mans, rg10. Mam) wineries ox rm Sis sed TO) oto8 Marriner, George.—The Kea: a New Zealand problem. Christ- church. 1908. Marshall Islands Primer. Exchange with Mr. H. Ballou. Martini and Chemnitz.—Conchylien Cabinet, Lieferungen, 547- 552. [62] _ List of Accesstons. 39 Massachusetts Horticultural Society. — Transactions, 1910, 2. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Matsumura, J., and B. Hayata.—Enumeratio Plantarum. ‘Tokyo, 1906. Mayer, Alfred G.—Alexander Agassiz. 1910. Given by the author. Alpheus Hyatt. rg11. Given by the author. McAlpine, Neil.—Gaelic dictionary and grammar. Edinburg, 1898. Merriam, Hart C.— Dawn of the world. Cleveland, r1g1o. Merrill, Elmer D.—Dictionary of the plant names of the Philip- pine Islands. Manila, 1903. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Meyer, A. B.—Studies of the museums and kindred institutions of New York, Albany, Buffalo and Chicago. Washington. Microscopical Science, Quarterly Journal, lvi; Ivii, 1, 2. Miln, James.—Fouilles faites 4 Carnac. Rennes, 1881. Minerva.—Handbuch der gelehrten Welt. Strasburg, rgrr. Moffitt, Robert. — Manuscript diary from 1853-1858 Kahuku, Oahu. Mueller, Ferd. von.—Descriptive notes on Papuan plants, iv-vi. Melbourne, 1877-1885. Musee Guimet.—Petit guide, rgro. Museu Nacional.—Archivos, xiii. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Gift of the Museum. National Geographic Magazine, xvi, 10-12; Xvil, I-4, 6-12; XVili-xx; xxi, I-3, 5-12. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Nature. Current numbers. Nautilus. Current numbers. New Zealand Institute.— Transactions and proceedings, xxvii- XxXxXi, Xxx1lil, xxxvi, XXxXVil. Nova Guinea.—Résultants de 1l’éxpedition néerlandaise, ii, 1; v, (eis 6 iam Novitates Zoologicae, xv, 2, 3; xvi; xvii; xvili; I, 2. Oahu, Map of. Oakland Library and Museum.—Thirty-third annual report, 1910- 1911. Given by the Library. Oologist, The, xxviii, 12. Gift. Ornithologie, Journal fir. Current numbers. Palibin, J.—Conspectus florae Korae, i-iii. St. Petersburg, 1899- 1gOl. [63] 40 Director's Annual Report. Paradise of the Pacific. Current numbers. Pelew Islands.—Shipwreck of the Antelope. London, 1788. Petermanns Mitteilungen. Current numbers. Philippine Botany, leaflets, 34, 36, 44-62. Philippine Islands.—Report of the Secretary of the Interior for 1910. Washington, 1911. Planters’ Record, iv. Given by Mr. S. M. Damon. Pohl, Lothar.—Os penis der carnivoren. Jena, rgIt. Records of the Past. Current numbers. Ridgway, Robert.—Three papers on ornithology. Riviere, Emile.—Engravings of Grotto La Mouthe. Robinson, FE. L..—Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Boston, 1902. Rossignol, J. P.—Trois dissertions. Paris, 1862. Royal Society of New South Wales.— Transactions, 1866-1874. —Transactions and proceedings, 1875.—Journal and proceed- ings, 1876-1886.—Journal, 1887-1897. Russell-Killaugh, Henri.—Seize mille lieus a travers 1’ Asie et VOcéanie. 2vols. Paris, 1864. Russell, M.—Polynesia: a history of the South Sea Islands, in- cluding New Zealand. London, 1849. Another edition, 1853. Sayce, A. H.—Inscriptions hittiques. Scherzer, Karl von.—Reise der Fregatte Novara. Wien, 1864. Schreber, Daniel Gottfried.—Schauplatz der Kunste und Hand- WEEKE, wil, etpzic, 1773. Seligman, C. G.—Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cam- bridge, 1910. Senart, Emile.—Inscriptions nouvelles de l’Inde. Shaw, George.—Cancer stagnalis of Linneus. Shillibeer, J.—The Briton’s voyage to Pitcairn’s Island. London, 1817. Sirelius, U. T.—Die Sperrfischerei. Helsingfors, 1906. Smith, J. J.—Die Orchideen von Java, iv. Leiden, 1911. Smith, S. Perey.—Hawaiki. Christchurch, 1g1o. Maori wars of the nineteenth century. Christchurch, rgro. —Maoris of the west coast of the north island of New Zealand. New Plymouth, ig1o. Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences.—Annual report, 1909.—Two reprints from proceedings, ii. Given by the Asso- ciation. [64] List of Accessions. 4I Stephens, George.—Runic monuments London, 1866-1884. Tanaka, Shigeho.—Fishes of Japan, i. Tokyo, 1911. Given by the author. Tennessee, State Geological Survey.—Bulletins, 3-5.—Resources of Tennessee, i, 1-6. — Resources of Tennessee in a nutshell. Given by the Survey. Torrey, John.—Batis maritima. Washington, 1853. Darlingtonia Californica. Washington, 1853. Tryon and Pilsbry.— Manual of conchology, 82, 83. United States Department of Agriculture, Washington. — Year- book, 1910.—Farmers’ bulletin, 456.—Forestry circular, 179.— Biological Survey: Bulletin, 37-39. Circular, 77-83. North American Fauna, 32-34. Report of the chief, 1910. Given by the Department. Year-book, 1910, given by Mr. S. M. Damon. United States Department of Commerce and Labor.—Bureau of Fisheries, Bulletin, xxiii, 3; xxiv.—Documents, 737, 748, 749, 751.—Report of the Commissioner of Fisheries for 1910.— Bureau of Statistics: Statistical abstract of the United States, 1910.—The foreign commerce and navigation, 1910. Given by the Department. University of Colorado.—Studies, vili, 1-4. Given by the Uni- versity. Varigny, C. de.—L’Océan Pacific. Paris, 1888. Walpers, Guilielmo.—Repertorium Botanicus Systematicae, i-vi. Leipzig, 1842-1847. Weber, Max.— Die Fische der Aru und Kei Inseln. Frank- furta/M., 1911. 4 Five pamphlets on marine zoology. Leiden, 1g1t. Fishes of the Indo-Australian archipelago, i (Index of the ichthyological papers of P. Bleeker). Given by the author. Warming, Eugene.—The Oecology of plants. Oxford, 1909. Webb, W. M., and Sillem, C.—The British woodlice. London, 1906. Wer ist’s: Zeitgenossen Lexikon. Leipzig, 1911. Zoological Society of cs skaeipast a ae 1908-1910. 5] ‘AMOLVUOIWI MAN AHL ‘8 ‘Old _ Se Sage ee ea sre ae The New Laboratory. THE material selected was reinforced concrete. The contract was given to Lucas Brothers, and the architect was J. L. Young. The plans adopted were those of the Director, which were made several years before in connection with those of the Library and Papuan Hall. All of these had in view stone as a building material, with steel and concrete flooring, that, externally at least, they might conform to the buildings already finished. With the change of material the plans had to be altered with the changed conditions, and the alteration most to be regretted was the necessary change of floor level in the upper stories which do not conform to the levels of the galleries in Hawaiian Hall, to which the new structure is attached by concrete bridges at a distance of thirty feet. Those actively engaged in the construction of the building: W. von Wagner, foreman, whose untiring industry pushed forward as much as possible a work which was tedious in the extreme. For the architect, Mr. Albert J. Greene attended to the engineering matters of lining and leveling. She Hawaiian Electric Company put in the interior telephones and the electric wiring. ‘The plumb- ing was done by E. W. Quinn, and the painting by S. Stephen- son. The Honolulu Iron Works furnished the overhead trolley and hoists. The accompanying views and plans will, it is hoped, make the following general description intelligible. The building is 80% 66 feet: each floor has a hall 10 feet wide extending its length. On the ground floor, which is at the level of that of Hawaiian Hall and consequently slightly below the surface of the rising ground at the back of the Museum site, on the left of the entrance ; [67] 43 Casting Room, [ae xs Carpenfer's Shop PRINTERS Com posing Room PRINEERS Press Room. BIG, 19: GROUND FLOOR. Lirector’s Annual Report. 4 On is the Printery, 25.565 feet, lighted by fourteen windows, and divided into Composing room and Press room, occupying the whole length of the building as farasthe stairway. On the opposite side of the hallway is first, the Paper Stock room, 25.513 feet, the two windows protected by shutters; next, the Casting room, 25.5 25.5 feet, where the casts of fish, fruit or other objects are made and painted; then the Machine shop, a fine, light room with work benches, turning lathe and other work shop appliances; and at the end of the hall is a convenient shower bath and lavatory. Opposite this is the stairway to the next floor. Reversing our direction we have on the left the Anthropologi- cal room with scales and apparatus for anthropometry, cases for human skeletons and crania, and convenient work benches; this corner room is 25.5X12.5 feet. The Entomological room follows, of the same size, and then the Ornithological room, 25.5 25.5 feet, where the great collection of Hawaiian bird skins is to be stored for preservation and study when suitable cases are provided. The remaining room on this floor is the Director’s office, 25.5 X 26 feet, where are stored the letter files, card catalogues of specimens, illustrations used in publications, etc.; here also is the town tele- phone, and as each room in the Museum is furnished with internal telephonic communication connection can be made for all the workers in the various buildings. Opposite the Director’s room is the room for Taxidermy, 25.5 38.5 feet, extending into the upper floor, and at present occupied as the temporary Library; and be- yond this is the Publication room, 25.5 26 feet, where the printed matter from the press below is stored and from which it is mailed to exchanges and subscribers. ‘The two floors of the Taxidermy room are connected by a spiral iron stairway. The third floor is appropriated as follows: over the Dire¢tor’s room is that occupied by the Curator of Ethnology, 25.5 x 26 feet, fitted with every convenience of cupboard, racks, trays and shelves. Here the specimens are examined, catalogued and assigned to [69] S) Direcfor's Room. Birds. mie Insects = Anthropology. ¢ ——_————$—$$—— —<——=—— | Taxidermy. ? Publi caliogs. FIG. IO. SECOND FLOOR. ‘Taxidermy Ubber, Elevator Shaft: eile Pe ee eee FIG. 12. ROOF AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DEPARTMENT. Director's Annual Report. 49 their positions in exhibition cases or with the duplicates for ex- change or the reserve for study. Next comes the Lunch room, 25.5xX19 feet, a great convenience, as the members of the staff live miles away from the Museum. Next in order is the Instru- ment room, 25.5X12.5 feet, where are kept the phonograph and its records, testing machines, electro-photo-micrographic camera, X-ray apparatus, and many other appliances used in examinations or researches. The corner room, 25.519 feet, is devoted to the Curator of Pulmonata, and here are the best known appliances for cleaning, cataloguing and storing our vast collections of Hawaiian land shells, and also for studying the builder of the shell as well. Other pages of this report will show what extensive use the Cura- tor makes of this. Across the hallway is the large room set aside for Marine Zoology, and from the middle of the hallway a flight of stairs leads up to the roof level, a third of which is occupied by the Photographic department, 24.5>%55.5 feet. The most com- fortable Dark room that has been devised for a hot climate is pro- vided with earthen sinks, a tank for washing bromide prints, three windows with orange and ruby sashes, convenient apparatus for enlarging, electric printer, ventilators passing a sufficient air cur- rent through the room, and the other usual appliances of these work rooms. The Light room has a supply of cameras, back- grounds and stands and racks for the quick adjustment of objects to be photographed. The lighting is all that could be desired, and the ventilation is provided by suitable openings in the top of the walls and by two doors opening onto the roof. As nearly all the staff are expert photographers and a great deal of photographic work is done both for record and for illustration of publications, this room and its equipment are very important adjuncts to the laboratory. White cedar cases with glass doors line all the hallways; a por- tion of the lower hall is occupied by the collection of Hawaiian and South-east Pacific fishes in alcohol, many types among them. OCCASIONAL PAPERS B. P. B. M., VOL. V, NO. 2—4. [73] 50 Director's Annual Report. A hoist works from the ground floor to the Photographic depart- ment. A cistern on the upper roof supplies automatically the photographic sinks in case of temporary interruption of the main water supply. Work of construction commenced early in January, IgIo. The soil was removed to the suitable level and parallel lines of terracotta drain pipe laid through this area; the excavation for the wall and pillar foundations being carried down to the bedrock. In one place the soil proved to be decomposed lava that had later been permeated by sulphurous gases whose action on the calcare- ous portion of the earth had formed beautiful crystals of gypsum in abundance, of tolerably uniform size and frequently twinned. Otherwise the soil did not differ from that of the rest of the yard. Waterproof material was carefully spread over the leveled sur- face and the concrete floor poured on this. The rotary mixer and the hoist were actuated by internal combustion engines. ‘The greatest care was taken to have the ground floor free from damp- ness by external as well as the internal subsoil drains mentioned, quite independent of the drainage system of the building. So far this has proved satisfactory. That the other floors might be solid work was continued through the night that the pouring might be continuous. The Kahn system of reinforcing was used, and a thicket of steel rods, wired together, rose from the box moulds as the build- ing progressed. Much of this may be seen in the illustrations showing the progress of the work. The floors and partitions were strengthened by expanded metal, and the concrete beams had suitable steel skeletons to take the stress. The stairways also were concrete, and indeed the whole building was monolithic. The plans of the floors and the views given with this brief account will make the structure intelligible. (74] ‘AUOLS LSUIA AOA SNWAOA ODNIDLAS -ALWIdNOD YOOTIH GNONOAXD “LSHMALAON WOds "C1 “Ola - rte ree ew) ee “LSAMALAON WOAH “YL yan ‘ELA TANOD WOON AHAVUDOLOHA ANV AMOLS oR BOSNy ‘“1OOU NO AGVULSOAIVA ONILLAS “LSHMALOAOS NOAH ‘21 ‘OIA ai i SE eee ‘ISVHHLYON AHL WOUX “AHLWIdNOD ONIGTING “ST “SI > = et Fee eS - — pga ee a ee ei i i Another Curved Adze. By WILLIAM T. BRIGHAM. ON page 255 of the last volume of Occasional Papers I described with figures a fine specimen of the rarely found curved adze. Another has been brought to my notice which is in the collection of Hon. G. N. Wilcox of Lihue, Kauai. This has been kindly loaned for casting and study, and the result of the casting with Mr. Thompson’s skill is seen in the illustration; the replica is side by side with the original. The material isa greenish, banded, heavy stone of the general appearance of greenstone, or a lava partly metamorphosed into serpentine. In places fracture is dark gray, but not everywhere. It was found by Mr. Wilcox in 1874 at Waialua, Kauai, among the human bones common in the sand hills near the beach, so that it has been exposed more or less to the salt spray for the many years it has probably lain there by the mortal remains of its former owner. This adze is much smaller than the one formerly described, but was probably used for the same purpose—rounding the inner bottom of a canoe, and when we consider how extensive the use must have been in the prominent industry of canoe building, one of the early visitors to Hawaii reporting 4000 canoes in and near Kealakeakua Bay, it is remarkable that so few of the curved form appear in collections, while stone gouges are not uncommon, and these are but small unhandled adzes. The weight is 24.2 0z.; the length, 7 in.; breadth of cutting end, 3 in.; length of cutting edge, 3.2in. Fig. 19. [81] 57 SS ————————— Original. Cast, Reversed. FIG. 19. CURVED ADZE FROM KAUAI. PUBLICATIONS OF THE Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S. A. MEMOIRS. (Quarto.) Vol. I. Nos. 1-5. 1899-1903. Vol. II. Nos. 1-4. 1906-1909. Vol. III. Ka Hana Kapa: The Making of Bark-Cloth in Hawaii. By William T. Brigham. ro911. Complete volume. 4 OCCASIONAL PAPERS. (Octavo.) Vol. I. Nos. 1-5. 1898-1902. (No. x out of print.) Vol. II. Nos. 1-5. 1903-1907. ep Vol. III. Nos. I-2. I907- --:: (Volume incomplete.) Vol. IV. Nos. 1-5. 1906 -rgxr. Pe Vol. ¥.— No. 1. New Hawaiian Plants, III. By Charles N. Forbes. — Preliminary Observations Concerning the Plant Invasion on Some Lava Flows of Mauna Loa, - Hawaii. By Charles N. Forbes. 1912. No. 2. Director’s Report for r911.—The New Labo- ratory.—Another Curved Adze: By Wm. T. Brigham. 1912. ‘e A Handbook for the Bishop Museum. (Oblong octavo.) oe 1903. : ; Index to mprahiacs Fornander’s ‘Polynesian Race.” (Octavo.) By John F. G. Stokes. 1909. Ape oe 5 pa le “ry 4 By A detailed list, with prices, will be mailed to any ry ie US Win eA F i) BOARD OF TRUSTEES Beet ALBERT no I ener a Ne RN Tae) Faxon BrisHor | i). hs. AAR gen Ee M. DowsETr Ass * - aay i by oy ALFRED W. ‘CARTER Bi RY Elid ghlette e Henry Hones, Samurr M. DAMox OCCASIONAL PAPERS OF THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM OF POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY VoL. V.— No. 3. Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe and Molokini. An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. BY CHARLES N. FORBES. HONOLULU, H. I. BisHorp MuSEUM PRESS. 1913. se = (op) awa : ed =] Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe and Molokini. By CHARLES N. FORBES. APRIL, I913. DuRING the time between February 25 and March 10, 1913, I had the pleasure of accompanying an expedition' to Kahoolawe and Molokini, two of the smaller islands of the main Hawaiian group, and probably the least known botanically. Kahoolawe lies six miles southeast of Maui, the island of Molokini being about midway between. It is dome-shaped and has an area of forty-four square miles. There is a central hill 1472 feet high, and two small craters a distance of a mile or more on either side. ‘These craters during wet periods serve as natural reservoirs, the pool in the southern one often remaining for three months. The eastern and southern slopes of the island are steep but gradual, and are cut by many ravines some of which are quite deep. These slopes for the most part are rough with lava boulders. ‘The remaining coast line is a steep sea cliff, nearly vertical in places, and has an elevation of about goo feet in the highest place. On the top there is a large sloping plain of red earth swept smooth by the prevailing winds. Mound-like hillocks, protected by pili grass ( Yeteropogon contortus), clearly indicate that at least eight feet of earth, and probably more, has been blown off the top of the island. Much of this material settles amongst the rocks on the lower slopes form- ing small fertile areas, but a large quantity is blown out to sea, As a collecting ground for plants Kahoolawe has little to offer, but to any one interested in the many factors at work changing the character of an indigenous flora there is much of interest. ‘To within recent times this island has been overstocked with various sorts of domestic animals and wild goats. The present lessee has done all that is possible to diminish the number of goats, and the *The members of the expedition consisted of Mr. J. F. G. Stokes, Dr. C. M. Cooke and C. N. Forbes, of the Museum staff; Dr. H. A. Pilsbry of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, Mr. Ebenezer P. Low, lessee of the island, and Rey. Henry P. Judd of Kahului, Maui. [85] 3 4 Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe. small flock of sheep (now reduced to about 300) is to be rapidly disposed of. During a recent long period of unusually dry years these comparatively small flocks have been able to prevent any new vegetation from gaining a hold, and have also greatly retarded the growth of the few trees that there are. Goats cause con- siderable harm by girdling the keawe ( Prosopis juliflora ), a tree introduced here about fifteen years ago and spread by horses and mules. The prevailing shrub on the island is tree tobacco ( Micotiana glauca), a naturalized plant, not now very common on the other islands. It grows quite plentifully on the rocky slopes and on the sides of the craters, in fact nearly everywhere except on the barren, wind-swept regions, and owes its existence to the fact that it is very rarely if ever touched by animals. The southern and east- ern slopes are fairly well covered with (at this season) dried up pili grass ( Heleropogon contortus). In the mouths of the gulches are to be found small groves of keawe (Prosopis juliflora) which are slowly extending upward. A few wiliwili trees (E7ythrina monosperma) occurring here and there, mainly on the sides of gulches, are the sole survivals of what native forest might have existed on the island in former times. Old visitors to the island inform me that within the last twenty-five years at least they have seen the following shrubs on the island: puu keawe ( Cyathodes Tameiametae), aalii ( Dodonaea viscosa), akoko (Euphorbia multiformis var.*), ohe ( Reynoldsia sandwicensts), and naio (Myoporum sandwicense), The native names were given, the names in parentheses being my own substi- tution. From this I should judge that Sazxtalum ellipticum, sev- eral varieties of Wikstroemia, Pandanus odoratissimus, perhaps scrub varieties of Jetrosideros polymorpha and other dry land plants occurring at low elevations, must have been plentiful at one time. Neraudia kahoolawensts, recorded by Hillebrand; as the only specialty from the island, was not observed by any member of the party. In former times dry land taro, sweet potatoes and bananas were cultivated on the island, according to an old native. ?During a second visit Mr. Stokes has since collected two small speci- mens of £. multiformis at Kaunapou Bay. *>Hillebrand, W. Flora of the Hawaiian Islands. pp. 416. [86] Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe. 5 On account of the unusually long period of drought the num- ber of plants observed was very small, and the specimens collected of poor quality. Mr. Low, the lessee of the island, informs me that after heavy rains many annual grasses and weeds spring up, so perhaps the complete number of plants of the island should be three or more times what is given below. However, any one familiar with Hawaiian vegetation should gain a fairly good idea of the flora from the following list of plants actually observed. As far as possible I have tried to use the latest accepted name for the plants in the enumeration, but have sometimes failed for lack of proper references. Where different I have given the name used in Hillebrand’s Flora in italic. FILICES. Doryopteris decipiens (Hk.) J. Sm. Pteris decipiens Hook. Rather rare, growing under ledges and in the shade of rocks. GRAMINEAE. Cenchrus echinatus L. Cynodon dactylon Pers. Heteropogon contortus Roem & Sch. The most abundant plant on the island. AMARYLLIDACEAE. Agave americana L. About seven plants observed, which were probably planted at some time. CHENOPODIACEAE. Chenopodium sp. Seedlings, material not sufficient for determination. NYCTAGINACEAE. Boerhavia diffusa 1. Not uncommon in various parts of the island, its somewhat enlarged roots probably aiding it to withstand the drought. [87] 6 Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe. PORTULACACEAE. Portulaca lutea Sol. Portulaca sclerocarpa Gray. This plant is mentioned by Hillebrand as being collected by Lydgate on the island. PAPAVERACEAE. Argemone mexicana L. Three plants were observed on the eastern pali. CAPPARIDACHAE, Capparis sandwichiana DC. Occurs in a few places on low cliffs of the west side. LEGUMINOSAE. Acacia Farnesiana Willd. Not common. Erythrina monosperma Gaud. The sole remaining indigenous tree. Meiobomia triflora (l.) Ktz. Desmodium trifiorum DC. Mimosa pudica L. Prosopis juliflora DC. Small groves at the mouths of gullies. Introduced about fifteen years ago, and spread by horses and mules. ‘The pods are one of the most important live stock foods on these islands. Another unidentified leguminous plant was also collected. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. Tribulus cistoides L. EUPHORBIACEAE. Euphorbia pilulifera L. Euphorbia thymifolia L. STERCULIACEAE. Waltheria americana L. [88] Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe. “I MALVACEAE. Abutilon incanum G. Don. Gossypium tomentosum Nutt. There is a small area of this plant on the southwest side near the shore. CACTACH AE. Opuntia tuna Mill. Perhaps a dozen plants seen on the island. CONVOLVULACEAE. Ipomoea palmata Forsk. Ipomoea pentaphylla Roem & Sch., var. trichosperma. This plant, which has large tuberous roots, is said to be quite conspicuous after the rains. Ipomoea pentaphylla Jack. Ipomoea pes-caprae (lL. ) Sw. A few seedlings of this species were observed ona sandy beach. VERBENACEAE. Lantana camara L. A few plants were observed by Mr. Stokes. SOLANACEAE. Lycium sandwicense Gray. A few specimens amongst rocks near the shore. Nicotiana glauca R. Grah. The prevailing shrub on the island. COMPOSITAE. Acanthospermum brasilum Schrank. Sonchus oleraceus |. On hillocks of the wind-swept plain there is another composite not yet identified. This species also occurs on Maui. There is a striking lack of shore plants; these salty individuals which usually escape goats and sheep on the other islands are completely consumed here, at least during the recent long drought. [89] 8 Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe. Much drift material is washed on the shores of bays on the north and east coasts, presumably from Maui, although one box bore a label from Kailua, Hawaii. The following seeds and fruits were picked up on the beach: Acacia Farnesiana Willd. Pods containing seeds capable of germination. Aleurites moluccana Willd. Many nuts seen, none found capable of germination. Calophyllum inophyllum L,. Ipomoea. Three species, all capable of germination. Mangifera indica L. Various sized fruits, incapable of germination. Nicotiana glauca R. Grah. Capsule containing seeds, perhaps washed or blown down from the cliffs above. Mucuna gigantea DC. Seeds capable of germination. Pandanus odoratissimus L. Keys rather numerous. Terminalia catappa L. Capable of germination. Xanthium strumarium L, var. echinatum. Several much worn capsules, none containing seeds. Three undetermined seeds, perhaps capable of germination, and a fresh stem of Plumzeria. Ipomoea pes-caprae was the only plant seen growing on the beach which could be said to be derived from any of these stranded seeds. Most new arrivals are brought to the islands by other means. Many birds, as larks, minas, pigeons, plover, and various sea birds were observed at various times in different localities over [90] Notes on the Flora of Molokinz. the island. Mr. Maiki, the caretaker, tells me that with his son he has shot many pigeons which had corn in their crops, and hence, probably had flown across the channel from Kula, Maui. Under a more favorable period of weather conditions Vcotiana glauca and Prosopis juliflora are probably the only two woody plants whose spread could be noticed. The former will eventually spread over a much greater area than at present, especially on the rocky slopes. Prosopis juliflora will spread up the gulches, provided there are horses or mules to carry the seed during the fruiting season. , MOLOKINI is a small crescent-shaped island lying midway in the channel between Maui and Kahoolawe. It is the eroded reninant of an old tufa cone, somewhat comparable to Koko crater on Oahu. The greatest elevation is 160 feet, the length along the ridge being about 1000 feet. The inner slopes of the crescent have an angle of 32.25 degrees, the outer edge being a nearly vertical cliff of 73.30 degrees. The only flat area consists of a small space about twelve feet wide and fifteen feet long. Since rg11 an intermittent flashlight has been established on the island. There is no place where floating seeds could by any means become established, and all plants must be carried to the island by other means. Land birds occasionally visit the island, one member of the expedition observing a lark. The following plants were observed. All are what one might expect to find in such a locality. They form a fairly good vegetable covering over the island. FILICES. Doryopteris decipiens (Hk.) J. Sm. Pteris decipiens Hook. GRAMINEAE. Heteropogon contortus Roem & Sch. CYPERACEAE. Cyperus, sp. NYCTAGINACEAE. [91] Boerhavia diffusa L. 10 Notes on the Flora of Molokint. PORTULACACEAR. Portulaca lutea Sol. Portulaca oleracea L. Portulaca sclerocarpa Gray. LEGUMINOSAE. Meibomia uncinata (Jacq. ) Ktz. Desmodium uncinatum DC. ZYGOPHYLLACEHAKE. Tribulus cistoides L. MALVACEAE. Sida fallax Walp. STERCULIACEAE. Waltheria americana L. CONVOLVULACEAE. Jacquemontia sandwicensis Gray. VERBENACEAE. Lantana camara L. SOLANACEAE. Lycium sandwicense Gray. COMPOSITAE. Lipochaeta lavarum (Gaud.) DC. [92] “PUPTSE 94} WO WOYPY SazOU PTIY YIM WIOJUOD 07 pasuvyd uaaq sey autpno HIPS ay} pur ‘suorntsod azeurrxoidde sayy ut pappe are s1aye19 aL ‘AOAIMS PUdUIUIAAOD WOT patiduo0s ame(rooyey jo deyy “1 +d IHIH S -VuIW TWX — AVG I NOdWNWM < "Wy, 7) S & IMVTOORYH TG = 3 : ‘ = \\ faring pivay viemey hyd PeSoday fanune ISN = Ui) Frey ove 2. Inside slopes of north crater showing growth of tree tobacco (Nicotiana glauca). 3. Unique example of erosion on the barren wind-swept plains of the up- lands. The ring of stones is the bottom of a former imu or underground baking oven of the old natives. 4. Lower slopes, showing growth of pili grass (Heteropogon contortus) and keawe (Prosopis juliflora) in the mouth of a gully. 5. Landing at Kahoolawe, showing pili grass on the lower slopes and a few plants of keawe and Opuntia tuna. 6. Beach at Kanapou Bay where much wreckage and many plant seeds are washed ashore. View also shows the high cliffs which are characteristic of this portion of the island, and which are practically barren of vegetation. ‘umpyeg Aq AoAmns urosz ruryoyoyy yo dey “LZ IIVdVN ) SN pesca ay WHY ss ma / ITZ ni | | Me Z Ze AANHYY ) \ VEZ \ yj AK ti: \\ u tt; TH UT NX \ \ TU SS V\\\ \\ An Enumeration of Niihau Plants. By CHARLES N. FORBES. APRIL, I913. So LITTLE is known about the flora of the island of Niihau that it was thought that an enumeration of the plants known to occur there might be of some interest. As far as known Lay and Collie sometime between 1826 and 1827, Jules Remy between 1851 and 1855, and Dr. Wm. T. Brigham in 1865, are the only botanists who have visited this island. The only record of these collections is the mention of a few peculiar indigenous species in Mann’s Enumeration, and in Hillebrand’s Flora;' and it is doubtful if many of the commoner introduced species were collected. During the month of January, 1912, Mr. J. F. G. Stokes of this Museum had the rare privilege of visiting the island, and most of the plants in the following enumeration are based on his collec- tion. A few weeks later Mr. Stokes’ native guide, Mr. Kalua Keale, made a collection from the only small area which they had not previously visited, so the list is probably fairly complete for the island. Plants not observed by Mr. Stokes have probably become extinct, or at least very rare. Niihau is an irregularly shaped island lying 15 miles west of Kauai, and has an area of 73 square miles, with an elevation of 1304 feet for its highest point. About one-third consists of vol- canic table land, this being surrounded on all but the eastern side by a low rolling plain composed of both volcanic and coral rock. The northern end is a low plain of volcanic material, fringed in the proximity of the sea with dunes of coralsand. Where these two soils meet the herbage has a brighter hue, which Mr. Stokes considers as due to an improved condition of the lava soil from the addition oflime.* Along the eastern coast, to the south of Kii, dunes 'H. Mann, Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants, Proc. American Acad., July, 1867. W. Hillebrand, Flora of the Hawaiian Islands, 1888. I have not had access to a copy of Hooker and Arnott Botany of Capt. Beechey’s Voyage of the Blossom, in which Lay and Collie’s collection is described. #1 have not had the opportunity to investigate this, but would consider that it was probably due to there being more available moisture in the soil at this particular locality. [99] 17 OCCASIONAL PAPERS B. P. B. M., VOL. V, NO. 3-2. 18 An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. have in places dammed up the surface drainage. Onthe same coast, north of Poleho, the sand has blown inland for about half a mile. The plateau is also of volcanic material. ‘The highest points are on the northern and northeastern boundaries, where the vertical cliffs reach 1304 feet at Paniau. From here the ground slopes down- ward to the south and west on a somewhat even grade, interrupted by several deep gorges, and by the high and prominent cone of Kaeo. ‘The cliffs on the south are about 20 feet high. Kaali, the north cliff of the plateau, is rather moist, and there is a small spring at about the 800 foot elevation which is utilized as a water supply for the lowlands. It was here that Mr. Stokes collected most of his plants. The cliffson the east were very dry and barren, there being a sparse growth of shrubbery on the talus slope, however. Between the west coast and the plateau there is a low cliff of lime sandstone. ‘The plain south of the plateau is composed of coral sand and sandstone, with an undulating volcanic belt near and parallel to the west coast. It has a low elevation and is fre- quently under water. Sand dunes and coral sandstone follow around the east and west coasts of this part. The southern point of the island consists of an eroded volcanic cone, reaching a height of 600 feet, which viewed from the southern end of the plateau over the low plain has the appearance of another island. There are periods of very little rainfall, and the conditions affecting the flora are somewhat analogous to those of Kahoolawe described in another paper. Most of the available land is now used as pasturage for sheep and horses, as it has been for a great many years. ‘The island was formerly overrun with goats, but these have been completely exterminated within recent years. Mr. Stokes reported that most of the island, especially on the top, was covered with Manienie (Cyzodon dactylon Pers.). Near the southern end there are swamp-like areas where various species of cyperus occur, including C. /aevigatus, from which the old natives made their famous mats.. Most of Mr. Stokes’ specimens were collected at Kaali on the western cliffs of the tableland, a few on the valley sides, and an interesting Euphorbia of the Alultiformis group near the beach. This latter plant differs so strikingly from other members of the group that I have proposed it as a new species. The flora of Niihau, like that of all the islands, has under- gone great changes since the first botanist visited the group, [100] An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. 19 changes which are the direct result of man’s industry and civiliza- tion. When Dr. Brigham first visited the island there was a fair covering of native scrub plants over the greater part of the top of the island. Old inhabitants report a considerable area of bastard sandalwood (JZyoporum sandwicense (A. DC.) A. Gray), the trees being perhaps twenty feet high. Now only a few sticks of dead wood and roots remain to prove the truth of these statements. At that time a small patch of Manienie (Cynodon dactylon Pers.) was being tended with considerable care in the yard of the Sinclairs. Now this grass forms the main pasturage for the valuable flock of sheep. The areas of Cyperus laevigatus which used to be tended with some care are being crowded out by another species, as well as by sheep, except where Mr. Robinson has protected it by fenc- ing as of historical interest. A great many of the plants which could have been collected by Lay and Collie probably do not occur on the island at the present time, while the number of naturalized plants has probably increased in as great or greater proportion. Of the plants in the following list, 25 are peculiar to the Hawaiian group; 39 are indigenous to the group but also occur elsewhere; 10 may be considered of aboriginal introduction to the group; 37 were introduced and naturalized prior to 1886, and 4 have become naturalized since 1886. Schiedea amplexicaulis and Euphorbia Stokesti are probably peculiar to Niihau, but may be expected to occur on Kauai. Of the naturalized plants many have probably arrived on Niihau within comparatively recent years, as, for instance, Batis maritima, which prior to 1886 was only known from a small area near Hono- lulu, has now spread all over the group. As I have not had the privilege of visiting Niihau, I wish to thank Dr. Brigham and Mr. Stokes for information concerning the physical features and floral aspects of the island, and for help in correcting the proof. FILICALES. Adiantum capillus veneris L. Ceropteris calomelanus (\L.) Und. Dryopteris, sp. Sterile fronds only; probably J. ¢runcata (Poir.) O. Ktz. Nephrolepis exaltata (L.) re Io! 20 An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. LYCOPODIALES. Psilotum nudum (\.) Griesb. Psilotum trigetrum Sw. PANDANACEAE. Pandanus tectorius Sol. Pandanus odoratissimus VW. One tree observed by Mr. Stokes. GRAMINEAE. Capriola dactylon (L.) Ktz. Cynodon dactylon Pers. Heteropogon contortus (L.) Beuv. Chaetochloa verticillata (1L.) Scribn. Panicum Beecheyi Hk. & Arn. Said to have been collected by Lay and Collie. Not in the Bishop Museum herbarium. Panicum nephelophilum Gaud., var. xerophylum ? Panicum pruriens Trin. Sporobolus virginicus (L.) Kunth. Saccharum officinarum L. Dr. Brigham remembers seeing the native sugar cane growing in coral caves on the lowlands. It was not observed by Mr. Stokes. CV PERACH AR, Cyperus caricifolius Hk. & Arn. Cyperus cymosa R. Br. These two species were collected by Lay and Collie. There are no authentic specimens in the Museum herbarium. Cyperus laevigatus L. Cyperus pennatus Lam. Cyperus, sp. Only leaves collected. Cyperus trachysanthus Hk. & Arn. Cyperus polystachys Rottb. Scirpus lacustris L. [102] An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. PALMACEAE. Cocos nucifera L. Observed by Mr. Stokes, but not collected. DIOSCOREACEAE. Dioscorea sativa L. PIPERACEAE. Peperomia, sp. BATIDACEAE. Batis maritima L. MORACEAE. Artocarpus incisa Forst. Broussonetia papyrifera Vent. CHENOPODIACEAK. Chenopodium album L. Chenopodium sandwicheum Mog. AMARANTACEAE. Nototrichium sandwicense (A. Gray) Hillebr. NYCTAGINACEAE. Boerhavia diffusa L. Boerhavia tetrandra Forst. FICOIDEAE. Sesuvium portulacastrum L. CAROPHYLLACEAE. Schiedea amplexicaulis Mann. Collected by Remy; not in the Museum herbarium. MENISPERMACEAE. Cocculus Ferrandianus Gaud. [103 ] i) NO An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. LAURACEAE. Cassytha filiformis L. PAPAVERACEAE. Argemone mexicana IL. CRUCIFERAE. Coronopus didymus (L.) J. E. Smith. CAPPARIDACH AE, Capparis sandwichiana DC. Cleome sandwicensis Gray. Recorded in Mann’s Flora ;3 not observed by Mr. Stokes. LEGUMINOSAE. Abrus precatorius L. — Acacia Farnesiana Willd. Observed but not collected by Mr. Stokes. Caesalpinia bonducella (L.) Flem. Canavalia galeata Gaud., var. pubescens Hk. & Arn. Cassia occidentalis L. Erythrina monosperma Gaud. Indigofera anil L. Meibomia triflora (L.) Ktz. Desmodium triflorum DC. Meibomia uncinata (Jacq.) Ktz. Desmodium uncinatum DC. Prosopis juliflora DC. Sophora tomentosa Hk. & Arn. Not in collection. Sesbania grandiflora (Jl. ) Pers. Cracca purpurea L. Tephrosia piscatoria Pers. OXALIDACEAE. Oxalis corniculata L. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. Tribulus cistoides L. 3Horace Mann. Flora of the Hawaiian Islands. Communications Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. 1871. [104] An Enumeration of Nithau Plants. Ny 2 MELIACEAE. Melia azedarach L. EUPHORBIACEAE. Euphorbia celastroides Bois. Euphorbia geniculata Ortega. Euphorbia peplus L. Euphorbia pilulifera L. Euphorbia Stokesii, sp. nov. (See page 27.) SAPINDACEAE. Cardiospermum microcarpum H. B. K. Cardiospermum halicacabum \,. Dodonaea viscosa L. MALVACEAE. Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby. Although one of the most common naturalized plants all over the group it has not been recorded before. FS © } s Re = o a . >: i 4 t fo z = & moss : Pg < Lal =; my I 7 5 Zz ; ”° Kaunvopow = > x 2 =s Za z 32 4 S 2 ; RO. < 2 3 Wy te ng Ste A GND = =e wifi i ) 0 aes e aH) ri 1 Vik Na) yn vi om | Hey Z \ AN NWLe We MN, NAS ‘\ \ vi i Wy nit Wy +A \\ = iv! a mvs fa, TN Ver will tn ily OY a ihe Win i ("I ; Hyll < A "atl y é FB yr, yr i! PS a City { iily fe. Taal ll es 4, \" "ho, % % Kavnunvi I NANI \ WW rudteu ts Ny NZIS aE yt te yy We Mi | nL aie’ Ui ath ge Ase Paliuli, © Kiekie Kalvahonu Gas Kamalino Kahaino Leahi Kavmvhonv B the lakes are added from Mr. Stokes’ notes, and the names of localities Stokes by Mr. Robinson the owner of the island. led from survey by S. M. Kerns au compl 4. Map of Niih were furnished Mr. ne PUBLICATIONS OF THE Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Honolulu, Hawaii, U. S.A. MEMOIRS. (Quarto.) “Vol. I. Nos. 1-5. 1899-1903. Vol. II. Nos. 1-4. 1906-1909. Vol. 111. Ka Hana Kapa: The Making of Bark-Cloth in Hawaii. By William T. Brigham. 1911. Complete volume. OCCASIONAL PAPERS. (Octavo.) : Vol. I, Nos. 1-5. 1898-1902. (No. 1 out of print.) Vol. Il. Nos. 1-5. 1903-1907, a4 a bi: Vol. III. Nos. 1-2. 1907- ---. (Volume incomplete.) * é Vol. IV. Nos. 1-5. 1906-1911. Vol, ¥.— + No. 1. New Hawaiian Plants, IiI. By Charles N. _. Forbes: — Preliminary Observations Concerning the _ Plant Inyasion on Some Lava Flows of Mauna Loa, _ Hawaii. By Charles N. Forbes. ro12. _-—s—s No. 2. Director’s Report for 1911.—-The New Labo- ‘ratory. ~-Another Curved Adze: By Wm. T. Brigham. 2, ‘TQIZ. 4h j uf _ No. Koy Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe and Molo- tty By Charles N. Forbes.—An Enumeration of Niihau oS bat pig By Charles N. Forbes. 1913. “1. oe Ms . ARYA. .? vr ss Handbook for the Bishop Museum. (Oblong octavo.) Inde x 60 Abraham Fornander’s ‘Polynesian Race.’’ at “(Oetavo,) By John F. G. Stokes. 1909. a Superintendent % JOHN LUNG CHUNG, iff hea THOMAS Krowaxcr | Tee AMAA Ph wt asMem ts), CoS 8). JOHN PENCHULA, OCCASIONAL PAPERS OR THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM OF POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY VoL. V.— No. 4. Director’s Report for 1912. HONOLULU, H. I. BisHorp MUSEUM PRESS. 1913. To the Trustees of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Sirs:—In accordance with the rules adopted by the Trustees on December 15, 1910, I submit my Annual Report on the pres- ent condition of this Museum and the work done in the various departments during the year 1912. WILLIAM T. BRIGHAM, Director of the Museum. Honolulu, March 7, 1913. Ordered printed April 18, 1913. WG) T9139 ear) eck T HAS been well said by a wise man of the East that we know not our place until we look at it from afar. During most of the year 1912 the Director of this Museum has been perhaps as far from the scene of his daily labor as is possible on this planet, and perhaps the perspective had more in it than the microscopic view. Be it as it may, he returns with a broader view of the Bishop Museum than he had before, and with thanks to the Trustees who enabled him to enjoy that view. As he bor- rowed the eyes of many others engaged in work similar to his own in other parts of the earth, while in their pleasant company on the flat plains of Chicago, in the frosty atmosphere of Boston, in the rush and hurry of New York, in the budding Spring of Washing- ton, in the conservatism of London, the academic groves of Oxford and Cambridge, the quaint stillness of Holland that seems almost like a dream, the granite rocks and primeval forest of Stockholm, the new pastures of St. Petersburg and Moskow and Budapest, the great wisdom of Vienna, the beautiful Art of Dresden, the bookish atmosphere of Leipzig and Frankfurt am Main, the growing mas- tership of Berlin, the most modern of museums under shadow of the spires of Cologne cathedral, the oceanic spoils of Monaco, the long familiar haunts of Rome and Naples, the revivified Cairo, Columbo, the Straits Settlement that has become Singapore, the mysterious Java with its great Garden of Buitenzorg and its long buried Budd- histic ruins, the new Port Darwin with memories of the Master, Thursday Island and the Barrier Reef with memories of Cook, the young and yet well-grown museums of the Colonies, the Alps of the southern hemispere around Mt. Cook, on to the once cannibal islands of Fiji—now a prosperous colony of our own race—in these places [115] 3 4 Director's Annual Report and many others the Bishop Museum was already known, and in all a kindly feeling was shown for the little museum in Honolulu; aud there were those who showed its publications as valued posses- sions, and helped the Director to prize more highly the little work- shop in the midst of the Great Ocean where he had at times been aweary and feeling, if not asking, guz bono? And now as the reports of the Curators of the Museum of the work that has been going on there all the while come to him for examination and comment, he cannot but feel that the munificent and wise foundation of Charles Reed Bishop has not been in vain, it has not produced a merely temporary show. ‘The work goes on: it is not merely a personal one but one that fits in and is wanted in the company of those who are doing their best in the museums of the world. The Bishop Museum has its place among these many institutions and seems to be welcomed as a useful brother. Our printery has at last received its new furniture and is in most satisfactory order. ‘This report will be the first issue from the renovated office. ‘The Annual Report for 1911 was issued during this year but before the arrival of the new apparatus. Beyond that the work has been internal—notices, letterheads, labels, address cards and the many small but very important needs of a working museum; for this reason the assistant, Mr. A. Perry, has been tem- porarily transferred to the library where he has been very useful. For the library our busy Librarian Miss E. B. Higgins reports a long and excellent list of accessions, which will be found later in the report, but an abstract of their number may be given here: 12 ya shir tale 15 (aYou a aeOoo eO OD O eCnD OTT S 6 OMe oa ae 202 Books it Paper COVES «-2- 00 ieee cane selene sie na 2026 ST OEAICTECELVEC otc sieve clare aie orere eiene miefeloeteioeta tia 2228 Exchanges received bound........-.....-...--- 9 Exchanges received in paper covers ....-..----- 903-912 By purchase and gift, bound.....---+++++. +++ 193 By purchase and gift, unbound .--..--..--. oor 1123, 1356 CINTA Bearer aves level ovouiorous vile sues teteverte teeter tele te ray apa aes 2228 Plates, illustrations, photographs....-.----+++++++-+e-- 260 [116] -_ Director's Annual Report. 5 Our binding is so expensive that it may prove good economy to do our own binding. During the year we had bound 72 vol- umes of many sizes, but mostly bound in durable buckram; 213 volumes are ready for binding but are awaiting information as to cost at the large libraries and museums. The large libraries gen- erally and the museums frequently have their own binderies, but our information is not complete enough to make a report at present. As will be seen our exchanges come in parts, and to be preserved and used must be bound. During his absence the Director, under authorization of the Trustees, made arrangements not only for some additional ex- changes, but also for completing our sets of desirable publications. Many of the old societies recognize the importance of a reference library for the use of scientists and explorers passing through our port, and are endeavoring to complete our sets as old and rare parts may be found. I have often been asked how our own publications can best be bound for use, and I have advised libraries to bind each of the quarto memoirs separately for con- venience in handling—a course followed by many museums that exchange with us, and we shall endeavor to make this course more practicable by turnishing an index to each complete part (as we have already done in several cases), as well as to the entire volume. The modeler, Mr. J. W. Thompson, has made many casts of fish during the year and also many casts of rare specimens bcr- rowed for the purpose. I found no work during my journey so artistic as his. In almost every case where casting is used it was quite unnecessary to put ‘‘cast’’ on the label. During the Director’s absence Mr. J. F. G. Stokes was Acting Director; as Curator of Polynesian Ethnology he reports that while there were no large collections added to the Museum either by gift or purchase, there were still considerable accessions, among the [117] HG aes FIG. 2. ANCIENT HAWAIIAN FIGURE. HIG. 3: Director's Annual Report. 9 more noteworthy collections from Mr. George P. Cooke of Molo- kai, and Dr. W. M. Kerr, U.S. N. Of individual specimens, a wooden image found in Hilo (Figs. 1-3) and given by Mrs. S. W. Wilcox of Kauai; a kapa from Niue (Fig. 4) given by Mr. S. Percy Smith of New Zealand; three New Guinea feather head ornaments by Mr. F. Muir of Honolulu; a Fijian club (Fig. 5) given to the Director by Sir Everard im Thurn, formerly governor of Fiji; and a Melanesian adze (Fig. 6), also given to the Dire¢tor by Mr. J. Edge-Partington, both of these latter specimens turned over to the Museum by rule of the Trustees. Of the purchases, the cast of Taaroa (Tanaloa) by Brucciani; this curiously carved figure was formerly in the cabinet of the London Missionary Society and now by purchase the property of the British Museum; it is the most elaborate of the images that have come to us of Polynesian origin; I may add that I have, by the courtesy of Sir C. H. Read of the British Museum, photographs of all the interesting idols of the Polynesian people in that museum. Of the field work Mr. Stokes reports: ‘‘In January I went to Niihau, through the kindness of Mr. Aubrey Robinson, with the intention of examining the heiau, investigating the report of the existence of petroglyphs at the boat landing at Kii, and collecting plants and shells for the other departments. One heiau was meas- ured and photographed and the sites of two other heiau (?) noted. The results in the case of the petroglyphs were negative. Of plants, 125 sheets were collected, including a new species and a new variety, and arrangements were made with the Hawaiian Mr. Robinson loaned me to get others from the southern side of the island result- ing in an additional 35 sheets. The fossil beds at Kiekie were carefully gone over and photographs made of the deposits: the shells collected are mentioned in the report of that department. ‘After leaving Niihau I went to the top of Mount Kahili in Kauai, and made notes on the remains of the ancient fort there, mentioned by Jarves. For aid in this matter thanks are due to {121} ALLALEL a LAl >A a ON M 4, pec oes & Mer PERS S Le, Ws ~< nie me oe y A ’ o's \ FIG. 4. KAPA FROM NIUE. Director's Annual Report. II Mr. J. K. Farley of Koloa who provided me with a conveyance and accompanied me to the beginning of the steeper ascent. In Koloa I visited the sand dunes at Makahuena Point to look for fossil shells, with the result reported by that department. “While on Kauai the collections of the following residents were examined and interesting specimens photographed or bor- rowed: Mrs. V. Knudsen, Mr. EK. Knudsen, Mr. Albert Wilcox and the Misses Wilcox, the latter the owners of the Kahlbaum collection. The cast of the large stone covered with petroglyphs FIG. 5. FIJIAN CLUB GIVEN BY SIR EVERARD IM THURN. at Miss M. Damon’s country place at Moanalua Valley was com- pleted and placed in Hawaiian Hall.’’ ‘The renewal of consider- able flooring in the Picture Gallery and elsewhere was rendered necessary by the ravages of termites. Mr. Charles N. Forbes, Curator of Botany, reports: ‘‘All ma- terial received prior to May, 1912, has been classified, mounted and incorporated into the Herbarium; while most material received since that date has been classified. A large amount of time has been spent in attempting to exterminate the various insect pests which attack the specimens. During the year the whole Herba- rium has been fumigated, once with carbon disulphide and twice with hydrocyanic acid gas, the last being necessary to check an invasion of cigar beetles which did a large amount of damage during my absence on Molokai. In the last few months work was started in poisoning all the specimens with corrosive sublimate. [123] FIG. 6. ADZE GIVEN BY J. EDGE-PARTINGTON. Director's Annual Report. re ‘‘Besides the usual short trips on this island, two extended excursions were made to study the flora in the field. The first was to Mokuleia Valley on the Kaala range of this island, where three weeks were spent. This mountain is of great interest botanically for the reason that its flora is as distinct from the main range of Oahu as is the flora of any separate island of the group. For cour- tesies extended we are especially indebted to Mr. P. M. Pond, whose ranch was my headquarters, and alsoto Mr. C. C. Pittam my host who made my stay enjoyable in many ways. I also wish to thank Mr. C. J. Austin for permission to explore certain adjacent lands belonging to the Dillinghams of which he had charge. This gentle- man has previously done many kindnesses for my department. “The time between June 11 and October 3 was occupied in investigating the flora of Molokai. I consider this the easiest, and in many ways one of the most satisfactory islands to cover; although as a whole its flora is not so rich as that of some of the otherislands. Favored with four months of unusually dry weather I encountered none of the hardships or dangers described by some collectors who have visited this island. ‘“My first base station was at the Molokai Ranch, where Mr. G. P. Cooke aided me in so many ways that it will be impossible to ever show our just appreciation of his kindness. ‘The first trip from here was to the sheep station at Mahana, and from this place the whole western end of the island was covered. The next trips were to mountain houses on the main range above Kalae. I am indebted to Mr. Henry Meyer for permission to collect on the lands of Kalae. After this trips were made over the country adjacent to the ranch, and to the bottom of the settlement trail. We are indebted to the Board of Health through Mr. J. D. McVeigh, the superintendent, for permission to take this last trip. I also wish to thank the Board of Health for their kind offer of a cottage at the settlement. I did not take advantage of this privilege as I presumed that nearly all the representative flora could be obtained [125] 14 Director's Annual Report. in the surrounding region without running the apparently un- necessary risk. While at the ranch Messrs. James Munro and Scott Pratt also helped me in many ways. ‘“The next trip was arranged through the kindness of Mr. James Dunn, and was to Mr. Frank Forster’s mountain house above Kamalo. ‘This was the most satisfactory collecting ground on the island. From here one is able to penetrate into the mountains above and below Puu Kolekole in every direction. The Pelekunu trail was followed to the bottom of the valley, while the pali was followed on the right to the highest point, Kamakou, and on the left for quite a distance on the edge of the so-called swamp country. ‘‘After returning for a few days to the ranch, my base station was shifted to Pukoo where Mr. Rexford Hitchcock generously gave me the use of a cottage which made a very comfortable botanical laboratory for the remainder of the trip. The greater number of the ridges and gulches between Kamalo and Halawa were visited from this station in day trips. Judge C. C. Conradt gave me much information about the trails in this vicinity and otherwise added to the pleasure of my stay. Two extended trips were made from this base, the first to Mr. J. F. Brown’s ranch at Halawa, whence the surrounding mountains including Halawa Valley and the ridges on either side were visited. I wish to thank Mr. Brown for his kindness in allowing me to camp on and explore this territory. ‘The second trip was over the regular trail across the moun- tain into Wailau valley. I employed James Naki as packer and guide in this region. During a short stay we went along the shore pali, up the makai pali of Olokui to the 2500 feet elevation, and up various sub-ridges of the main valley. We then took canoe to Pelekunu where I discharged the guide. Here I tied up with the trip previously taken to the bottom from Kamalo and visited numerous side ridges as well as the small valley to the right of Pelekunu. ‘The return was made by steamer to Kamalo, thence [126 } Director's Annual Report. 15 back to Pukoo. Another week was spent here in order to try to get certain plants not in flower earlier in the season, before return- ing to Honolulu by way of Kaunakakai. ‘“‘No new exchanges have been arranged owing to the fact that Pacific island material is scarce and difficult to obtain. The additions to the Herbarium are as follows: Mr. C. J. Austin, Hawaii-...--..-... eee ee eee e ween 5 Dr. W. T. Brigham, Papandajan, Java; Mt. Cook, N. Z. 4 Mr. Alfred Butt, Drosera from New Zealand .-....... I A. F. Judd, Esq., Hawaii .---.-.-+.+. seeee ee eee ee eee 5 Rey. J. M. Lydgate, Kauai -...-....-....eee. esse ones 44 Mr. J. F. G. Stokes. --.-. - eee cee eee eee cee eee eee 125 LUGS TSIEN A ECE IS iileytl paces on oe ce OD Soc cB ee pg onc 35 Mae (ss) Pe Wilder, Mantianid Oallitticre > cyecteleiclexsic) ose o1n.0 01 14 Mr. J. F. Rock, exchange Hawaiian plants ---...-.--- 2 Philippine plants purchased .-..---.---+s+-sseeeeeeee 953 Specimens OUI CES Ce orecehedeiers se tain a eco ck weeds ote el Tare arse dole 4000 MEA ACL CALTONG sicca' wrsveic. cle) islet Rpnls © eletaiels Ghee w sisi tye. Siete 5189 ‘‘Also 63 specimens of Hawaiian woods from the Bureau of Agriculture and Forestry. ‘The Abbe Faurie has made a collection of Hawaiian plants of which some 80 or more so-called species have been described as new, but for the most part the descriptions are so meagre that one cannot come to any decision regarding them without the actual specimens in hand.’’ In the department of Pulmonata Dr. Cooke, the Curator, re- ports the work accomplished as greater than in any previous year. During the year 52,837 shells were catalogued, or an average of over 1000 per week. These are distributed over 4445 catalogue numbers. Of those catalogued 38,662 are fresh and 14,175 fossil material. Of the Thwing collection 12,156 specimens were cata- logued. Of this collection the arboreal shells from the Koolau range remain to be catalogued, and there are probably in the neighborhood of 15,000 to 20,000 specimens. [127] 16 Liirector’s Annual Report. ‘‘Forty-one days were spent in the field by the Curator, during which 35,533 specimens were collected. Of these over 14,000 were fossil. The most important trip was to the island of Molokai, dur- ing which over 14,000 recent shells were collected, and four new deposits of fossil shells were discovered. The next trip of impor- tance was to Kaipapau, Oahu, where besides collecting a number of recent specimens several very remarkable fossil deposits were discovered, in one of which the shells averaged over 700 to the cubic inch of soil.’ Shells have been received and catalogued as follows: Wisven (Cision op Oo BOE odsme Puc seme Ges oodonG a Omaoo Tr 25,588) Members of the Museum staff .---.--------- ees eee 1,860 I. Spalding---- +--+ eee e ee cece ee cece ee ee ee eee eee ees 449 Ne SS JSNMOTEONtl so05 COGaous O6oD USC dD oan oIOs Jodo CuRUICS 1,476 JASE Judd ereyels /evptsie/ wus BVavie la) e).e ersve) Siecsiele follevewt leis, mS iste Blbrerele 93 Whitney collection, given by Mr. McInerny-.--.------ 561 Thwing COMME OHIO Tice « ove/6 exe avoee os eganevers ayo ass, nieiale in logstoiege 12,156 (OW aVESAE. como co TO DOO DU GOOnAG DO OGL Os Unc ado CoDaOddoC OO 709 {hoitsles sone cdo acsos4 aco sda DopdageboceOn es aodG4 Goer 52,837 In the geological department we have received from Chevalier F. A. Perret a lava bomb from Hawaii; Mr. F. B. Dodge, a homb from Kilauea; from the Hawaiian Volcano Research Association, lava cast of banana stump, Hawaii. In other departments: Father Rougier, Fanning Island, plas- tron of tortoise, Christmas Island. Andrew C. Westervelt, Hono- lulu, tail of male lyre-bird; and 5 madreporarian corals, Fiji. Mrs. H. P. Baldwin, Maui, skeletal part of a gymnoblastic hydroid, Hawaiian Islands. By purchase: to bird nests, 2 bird skins. Hawaii. In giving below the table of attendance for the past year I hive thought it interesting to compare it with that of the two previous years. The number of white visitors constantly *In this lot were contributions from Misses Alice, Martha and Carolene Cooke, Messrs. R. Scudder, R. and W. Hitchcock, W. Mutch, D. Pratt Pod- more, W. P. Alexander, Weedon, R. von Holt, O. P. Emerson, and Charles M. Cooke (111). [128] Director's Annual Report. 17 increases. In comparing the Chinese figures with the Japanese it should be remembered that while the number of Japanese on these islands, or for the matter of that in Honolulu and the neighborhood, greatly exceeds that of the Chinese, the proportion of the latter visiting the Museum is proportionately greater. I suppose also that notice should be taken of the constantly decreasing number of Chinese in our population owing to the exclusion and the return to China. The increase in white visi- tors is largely due to the increased tourist travel. Whites. Hawaiian. Portuguese. Chinese. Japanese. Others. EQIG «++ -- 5457 1402 555 1388 2115 185 FOIE «----. 6210 1745 758 1046 1631 202 1 ee 7318 1185 744 1278 1881 175 TABLE OF ATTENDANCE. E e | F E Boa E 2 P 1912. z b= el = ee ae Totals. = z 2 = s Dal, Seek lio aes = = ae ee = en > Ly oe 22) a bis eS oS a < January ........ 894 os] 15| 63| 116| 14 23 | 656.5 | 1,299 February ...... 970 136| 56 211 203 | 5 22) 70.2 1,581 Meena ts.--s--- 762 153 95| 119 21} 2% 2) 62 | 1,363 ; : | ee 612) 136 50} 90) 141 2s 2) 49 | 1,057 OE re 629 102 m8) | 127 7 a| 52 | 1,087 BES ait i = 490 66 33| 128 156 20 20) 45 | 888 acorn wes wie 3 521 76 33 | T2) 145 17 21}; 42 | S64 : ’ August .......... 603 | 87 by | 16] 123) 16 | 46 | 1,057 ’ ; : ’ September ...... 424 113| 69| 69 286 12 a| 47 | 973 : October ......-- 408 83 66 69 102 s 22} 34 736 : ’ November ...... 414 73 47 105 173 10 a) 40 | 822 December ...... 5a 62 45 52 no} 16 21| 40.6 | Sd TOGBIS cr ccces 7,318 1,185 744 1,278 1,881 | 175 | 259 48.7 12, 581 OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, NO. 4.—2. List of Accessions. ETHNOLOGICAL. By Gift. Harry G. Beasley, England. (E0273) Cast of sacred jade hook. New Zealand. Dr. W. T. Brigham, Honolulu. (11,025) Tapa. Samoa. Mrs. W. R. Castle, Honolulu. (11,018—11,023, 1f.oet) 4 adzes, poi pounder, kapa. Hawaiian Ids. Adze. South Pacific. Dr. C. Montague Cooke, Honolulu. (11,040, 11,067—1 E072) Noa stone, bowling stone partly made, 3 adzes, 2 chipping stones. Hawaiian Ids. G. P. Cooke, Molokai. (11,028-11,039) 2 sinkers, 2 bowling stones, 1 hammer, 4 adzes, part of stone mirror, stone drill bit, specimen of coral sandstone. Hawaiian Ids. J. Edge-Partington, England. (11,080) Adze. New Guinea. (Fig. 6.) C. N. Forbes, Honolulu. (11,065—-11,066) 2adzes. Hawaiian Ids. Dr ein NE, Kerr, Us S:oNs (11,059-11064) Arrow. New Guinea. 2 spears. Admiralty Ids. Model of house, rat-trap, flint, steel and tinder-box. Guam. A.M. McBryde, Honolulu. (11,016) Ancient oo. Hawaiian Ids. F. Muir, Honolulu. (11,056-11,058) 3 feather head-dresses. New Guinea. M. L. H. Reynolds, Honolulu. CEROSS.) Bowling stone. Hawalian Ids. 18 ; [130] List of Accessions. 19 S. Percy Smith, New Zealand. (11,024) iapa. Nine. .(Fig. 4.) Sir Everard im Thurn, England. (11,079) Ancient club. Fiji. (Fig. 5.) Andrew C. Westervelt, Honolulu. (11 ,082—11,083) Flax dress, jade adze. New Zealand. Mrs. S. W. Wilcox, Kauai. Crivor7:) Wooden idol. Hawaiian Ids. (Figs. 1-3.) By Purchase. Cast of idol Taaroa. Rurutu. (11,026) 4 adzes, 2 poi pounders, 3 grindstones, 2 polishing stones, 2 bowl- ing stones, slingstone, mirror. Oahu. (11,041-50, 11,074-78) Stone throwing club. Hawaii. (11,051) By Loan. A. Bloxam, New Zealand. (L597) Wooden idol. Hawaiian Ids. Bruce Cartwright, Jr., Honolulu. (1594-596) Poi pounder, 2 bed tapas. Hawaiian Ids. G. P. Cooke, Molokai. (1592-593) Corrugated wooden bowl, fishing stone. Molokai. D. Thaanum, Hilo. (551-555, 571-574) 3 stirrup poi pounders. Kauai. Pestle, bird stone, 3 conical poi pounders. Hawaii. William Wagener, Hawaii. (1576-591) 3 sling stones, bowling stone, 2 stone sinkers. Lanai. Stone fish god, 2 stone anchors, 2 lamps, poi pounder, stone ball, tobacco pipe. Hawaii. 2 stone adzes. South Pacific. S. W. Wilcox, Kauai. (1,556) Calcite hook for lei palaoa. Kauai. The Misses Wilcox. Kauai. (557-570) 2 stirrup poi pounders, 1 ring poi pounder, pestle, 2 stone cups, stone sinker, 3 stone drill points, stone gouge, ivory comb, shell aud small ivory hooks for lei palaoa. Hawaiian Ids. [131] 20 Director's Annual Report. GEOLOGICAL. By Gis Hawaiian Volcano Research Association. (11,052) Lava cast, banana stump. Hawaii. F. B. Dodge, Hawaii. (11,053) Lava bomb. Hawaii. Hea, eerret, Naples. (11,054) Lava bomb. Hawaii. OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Father Rougier, Fanning Id. Gift. (E073) Ventral shell of tortoise. Christmas Id. Andrew C. Westervelt, Honolulu. Gift. (04734) Lyre-bird’s tail. Australia. Purchase. (04722-4731) 10 birds’ nests, 2 bird-skins. Hawaii. Mrs. H. P. Baldwin, Maui. Gift. Skeletal part of a gymnoblastic hydroid. Hawaiian Ids. Andrew C. Westervelt, Honolulu. Gift. 5 madreporarian corals. Fiji. ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY. By Exchange. ADELAIDE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Royal Society of South Australia. — Transactions and pro- Geedings. xxxv, 1911. South Australian Museum.—Report, 1910-1911. AMSTERDAM, HOLLAND. Universiteit van Amsterdam.—Catalogus van der Handschrif- ten, lv, A-M, 1911.-—Catalogus van de Algemeene Pharmaceu- tische Bibliotheek, rg1t. BALTIMORE, MARYLAND. Johns Hopkins University.— Memoirs, ii (text and plates), iii, v.— University Circular 3, 6, new series 2. [132] List of Accessions. 21 BARCELONA, SPAIN. Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona.—Boletin, lii, 3.—Memorias, x, 3-12. BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA. University of California. — Publications: American arche- gary and ethnology, x, 4; xi, 1.— Botany, iv, 12-14; v, 1-2.— Chronicle, xiii, title and index; xiv, 1-4.—Pathology, ii, 4-10.— Physiology, iv, 8-17.—Zoology, vii, 10, index and title; ix, 1-8; x, 1-8; xi, 1-2.—Memoirs, i, 2 (part i1).—Hearst Laboratory of Pathology, 5 pamphlets.—Commencement address from Chronicle, Les. BERLIN, GERMANY. Authropologische Gesellschaft. — Zeitschrift, xliv. — General Register, xxi-xxxiv. BERNE, SWITZERLAND. Berne Historisches Museum.—Jahresbericht, rgi1. Boston, MASSACHUSETTS. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. — Proceedings, xlvi, 25; xlvii, 10-22; xlviii, 1-13. Boston Museum of Fine Arts.—Annual Report, 1911.—Bulle- tins, 54-60.—Catalogue of special exhibition ot Japanese screens. Boston Public Library.—Bulletin, iv, 4; v, 1-3.—Annual re- port, I91I-I912. Boston Society of Natural History. ings, xxxiv, 13, title and contents. Memoirs, vi1.—Proceed- BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND. Queensland Museum.—Annals, 1-4, 7-10.—Memoirs, 1. Royal Society of Queensland.—Proceedings, xxili, 2. BROOKLYN, NEW YORK. Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.— Annual report, 1910-1911.—Year book, 1902-1910. BRUSSELS, BELGIUM. Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique.—Aunnales, xlvi. BuENOS AIRES, ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Museo Nacional.—Anales, xv. BUITENZORG, JAVA. Jardin Botanique.—Bulletin, v-vili. - [133] 22 Director's Annual Report. CAT CUTTA, INDIA: Indian Museum. — Catalogues: Mammalia, i, 11; Mamntodea, 1-2; Moths, i-vii and index.—Records, iv, 8-9; vi, 4-5.—Wllustrations of the zoology of the ‘‘Investigator’’.—Malacostraca, plates i-lxxix; Entomostraca, plates i-v; Fishes, plates 1-xliii; Mollusca, plates i-xx; Echinoderma, plates, i-v. Asiatic Society of Bengal.—Journal, Ilxxiv, title; Journal and proceedings, v, title and index; vi, 7-11; vii, 1-3. CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS. Harvard University Library.—Report, 1911. Museum of Comparative Zoology.—Bulletin, lili, 6-10; liv, 9, L1-15; lvi, 1.—Memoits, xxvii, 4; xxxiv, 4, and title; xxaayeee—s RR, 2° sleds xiv, Peabody Museum.—Annual report, 1910-1911. CAPETOWN, SOUTH AFRICA. South African Museum.—Annals, vii, 5; 1x, 2; x, 2-3. CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. Field Museum.—Publications, 88, 96, 97, 99, 100, 102, 103, 130, 131, 137, 138, 153-160.:—Report’ series, i-iii, title andjindexe: COPENHAGEN, DENMARK. Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord.—Mémoires, 1g11- IQI2. DRESDEN, GERMANY. Konigl. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum.—Abhandlungen und Berichte, xili, 5-6; xiv, 1-2. DUBLIN, IRELAND. Royal Irish Academy.—Proceedings, section B, xxix, 7-9 and title; section C, xxix, 9 and title; xxxi (Claire Island survey), 2, 6, 10-13, 16-20, 23-24, 26-31, 35*37;--40-41, 43-44, 46, 53, 56-60, 93.—Index to publications, 1786-1906. EDINBURG, SCOTLAND. Royal Society of Edinburg.—Proceedings, xxxi, 5; xxxil, I-4. FLORENCE, ITALY. Societa Italiana di Antropologia.—Archivio per ]’antropolo- gia e la etnologia, xli, 3-4. FRANKFURT ON MAIN, GERMANY. Stadt. Volker-Museum.—Veroffentlichungen, iv. [134] iS) =) List of Accessions. HONOLULU, HAWAII. Hawaiian Historical Society.—Annual report, 1912. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association.—Division of agriculture and chemistry, Bulletins, 38-40o.—Division of entomology, Bulle- tins, 10-11.—Division of pathology and physiology, Bulletin, rr. Oahu College.—Catalogue, 1911-1912. United States Agricultural Experiment Station.—Annual re- port, 1911.— Bulletins, 25-28.—Press bulletins, 33-34, 37-38. LAWRENCE, KANSAS. University of Kansas.—Science bulletin, v, 12-21; vi, 1. LEIDEN, HOLLAND. Rijks Ethnographisch Museum.—Verslag van den directeur, IQIO-IQI1. LEIPZIG, GERMANY. Museum ftir Volkerkunde.—Jahrbuch, iv.—Veroffentlichun- een, Heit 4. LIVERPOOL, ENGLAND. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine (Johnstone Tropical Laboratory ).—Annals, v, 3-4; vi, 1 (Aand B); vi, 2; vi, 3 (A and B). LONDON, ENGLAND. Royal Anthropological Institute.—Journal, xlii. MANILA. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. Bureau of Science.—Report, 1911.—Journal of science: A, vi, Swen t-4.. B, yi, 5-6} vil, 1-32) (C; vi,6; vil, 1-54. Devine: vii, 1-4.—Memorial number. MELBOURNE, VICTORIA. Royal Society of Victoria.—Proceedings, xxiv, 2; xxv, I. MEXICO. Instituto Geologico de Mexico.—Parergones, iii, 9-10. MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA. University of Minnesota.—Botanical series of geological and natural history survey, i-ii, iv-vii. MUNICH, GERMANY. Ethnographisches Museum.—Berichte, i-1v. [135] 24 Director's Annual Report. NEw HAVEN, CONNECTICUT. Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Transactions, XVil, Pp. 1-201. NEw PLymMovuTH, NEw ZEALAND. Polynesian Society.—Journal, xx, 4, title and index; xx1, 1-3. NEw York, NEw YORK. American Museum of Natural History. — Annual report, 1911.—Anthropological papers, vii, 2; title and index; viii; ix, I; Xli, 1.—Bulletins, xxx.—Guide leaflets, 35.—Journal, xi, 8, title aud index; x1i.—Memoirs, new series, 1, 1-3.—Handbook series, 1. Columbia University.— Contributions from department of Botany, i-iii (incomplete), iv, v (ancomplete), vi-vill, ix-x (in- complete). (215 pamphlets. ) New York Botanical Garden.— Bulletins, 27, 28. OBERLIN, OHIO. Oberlin College.— Wilson Bulletin, xxiii, 3-4; xxiv, 1-2. PARA, BRAZIL. Museu Goeldi.—Boletin, i, 1; iv, 2-4.—Memorias, iv.—Album de Aves Amazonicas, 1ii.—Arboretum Amazonicum, 111; iv. PARIS, FRANCE. Ecole d’ Anthropologie. — Revue anthropologique, 22ieme année. Société d’ Anthropologie. — Bulletins et Mémoires, vi série, igtcsj ell. PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.—Proceedings, lxiil, 2-3; xiv, 1-2.—Jourual, xiv,.4; xv.—Anuual report, 1902, American Philosophical Society. — Proceedings, 202-206.— General index to vols. 1-1, 1838-1911.—Transactions, xxii, 2.—List of members. Philadelphia Museums.— History and development of the Commercial Museum, Philadelphia. 1910.—Commerce of the world in 1910.—Industrial Philadelphia, 1912. University of Penusylvania.—Influeuce of Ben Johnson on Euglish comedy, by Minnie Kerr. University of Pennsylvania Museum.—Anthropological pub- lications, iv, 1.—Publications of the Babylonian section, 11, 1-2 [136] | List of Accessions. to on and title.—Publications of the Egyptian section, vi-vili.—Journal of the museum, ii, 3-4, index and title; iii, 1-2. Wagner Free Institute—Annual announcement, Ig912-1913. PIETERMARITZBURG, SOUTH AFRICA. Natal Government Museum.—Annals, il, 3. PITTSBURG, PENNSYLVANIA. Carnegie Museum. — Annals, vii, 3-4, title and index; viii, 1-2.—Memoirs, v.— Founder’s day proceedings, 1912. — Report, IgI2. PLYMOUTH, ENGLAND. Marine Biological Association.—Journal, ix, 2. PorTICI, ITALY. R. Scuola Superiore d’ Agricoltura.—Bollettino del labora- torio di zoologia, vi. RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL. L Instituto de Manguinhos.—Memorias, iii, 2. RomE, ITALY. Reale Accademia dei Lincei. — Atti (2 semestre) xx, 10-12; xxi, 2-12; xxi (2 semestre), 1-9.—Memorie, viii, 13-24; 1x, 1-3.— Rendiconto, ii, pp. 583-634. St. Louris, MISSOURI. Missouri Botanical Garden.—Annual report, 1911. SALEM, MASSACHUSETTS. Peabody Academy of Science.—Pocket list of birds of eastern Massachusetts, by Albert Morse. Salem, 1912. SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA. California Academy of Sciences.—Proceedings, fourth series, i, pp. 289-430; lili, pp. 73-186. Sao PAULO, BRAZIL. Museu Paulista.— Notas Preliminaires, i, 2.—Catalogos da fauna Brazileira, iii.—Revista, viii. STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA. Leland Stanford Junior University.—Register, 1911-1912.— Report of president, 1911.— University series, 9-10. — Trustees series, 22. [137] 26 Director's Annual Report. STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN. Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademien.— Fornvannen, 1911.—Guide to the National Historical Museum, by Oscar Montelius. SYDNEY, NEw SouTH WALES. Australian Museum.—Records, 11, 1; viii, 3; 1x, 1-2.—Report, Ig11.—Special catalogue, iii, 4-5. Department of Agriculture.—Agricultural Gazette, xxii, 12, title and index; xxiii. Department of Fisheries.—Three papers by David G. Stead. Department of Mines.— Mineral resources of New South Wales, 14-16.—Coal resources of New South Wales, by Edward F, Pittman.—Annual report, 1911. Linnean Society of New South Wales.—Proceedings, xxxvi, 2A eT ae Royal Society of New South Wales.—Journal and proceed- ings, xlv, 3-4. Technological Museum.—Annual report, 1910.— Technical education series, 16-17. TuFrts COLLEGE, MASSACHUSETTS. Tufts College.—Studies, iii, 2. VIENNA, AUSTRIA. Anthropologische Gesellschaft.—Mittheilungen, xlii, 1-4. K. K. Naturhistorisches Museum.—Annalen, xxv; xxvii, I-2. WANGANUI, NEW ZEALAND. Wanganui Public Museum.—Annual report, 1911-1912. WASHINGTON, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Bureau of American Ethnology.—Bulletins, 47, 52. Carnegie Institution of Washington.—Publications, 74 (vol. v), 88 (pt-il), 90A (vol.i and atlas), 146, 150, 152-153, 156 (tee 158, 160, 162, 164, 170, 174.—Year-book, 1911.—Report of director of department of marine biology, 1911.—-Bibliography of depart- ment of economics and sociology. Smithsonian Institution.—Report of board of regents, 1g10.— Miscellaneous collections, lvi, 23-37, title and index; lvii, 6-10; Vili, 2; lix, 1-18, 20; Ix, 1-14. — Publications, 2052, 2060. — Con- ributions to United States National Herbarium, xiii, 12, title and ndex; xiv, 3, title and index} xvi, 1-4. [138] List of Accessions. 27 United States Geological Survey.—Annual report, r911.— Bulletins, 448, 466, 470, 484-485, 491-494, 496-500, 504-509, 5II- 512, 514-520, 523.—Water supply papers, 271, 278-280, 282, 284- 291, 294, 296, 298, 304.—Professional papers, 69, 71, 74.— Geologic atlas of the United States, folios, 177-182, 183.—Mineral resources of the United States, rgro. United States National Museum.—Annual report, 1911.—Bul- letins, 77-78.—Proceedings, 41. WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND. Dominion Museum.—Hand list relating to the Maori of New Zealand. New Zealand Institute.—Transactions and proceedings, xliv. MISCELLANEOUS. Purchased unless otherwise designated. Alexander, Mary Charlotte.—Story of Hawaii. New York, 1912. Given by the author. American Anthropologist.—Current numbers. Also Current An- thropological Literature, i, 1-2. American Association of Museums.— Proceedings, v-vi. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. American Association for the Advancement of Science.—Proceed- ings, 1912. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. American Library Association. Catalog rules. Chicago, 1908. List of subject headings. Chicago, 1911. Anatomy and Physiology, Journal of, xlvi, 2-3. Anderson, Tempest.—Report of the eruption of the Soufriére in St. Vincent in 1902, pts. 1-2. London, 1903-1908. Arago, Jacques.—Souvenirs de un aveugle. Paris, 1840. Archaeological Review, i-iv. London, 1888-1890. Archiv fur Ethnographie, xx. Australia, Department of trade and customs.—Zoological results of fishing experiments carried out by F. I. S. Endeavor, 1909- 1910, i-ili. Sydney, 1912. Aztec calendar stone found in Mexico in 1790. (Copy of photo. ) Given by Rev. Joseph Dutton. Badham, E. A.—Java revisited. Sydney. [139] 28 Director's Annual Report. Baring-Gould, S. and Bampfylde, C. A.—History of Sarawak. London, 1909. Berger, Philippe.—Tatouages tunisiens. Paris, 1804. Bentham, George.—Flora australiensis. London, 1863-1878. Bicknell, C.—Prehistoric rock engravings. Bordighera, rg11. Bingham, Hiram.—Bartimeus ofthe Hawaiian Islands. New York. Bingham, Hiram.—Ruins of Choqquequiran. Lancaster, IgII. Given by the author. Vitcos, the last Inca. Worcester, 1913. Given by the author. Biologica.—Current numbers. Bishop, Charles R., Tribute to, on the occasion of his ninetieth birthday. Honolulu, 1912. Gift. Boas, Franz.—Mind of primitive man. New York, tgrt. Boletin de Bosques, Pesca i Caza, 1-5. Santiago de Chili, 1g12. Bonney, T. G.—Volcanoes. New York, 1899. Boott, Francis.—Illustrations of the genus Carex. 3 vols. London, 1858-1867. Brandstetter, Renward.—Das Verbum, ix. Luzern, 1912. Brassey, Lady.—Tahiti. London, 1882. Brighton, Public Library and Museums.— Report of director, rg1t. Given by director. British Museum.—Index to hand list of birds. London, 1912. Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs.—Mollusca, iii, 119-138. Brooklyn Entomological Society.—Bulletin, viii, 1. Given by the Society. Brown, Margaret Wright.—Mending and repair of books. Chicago, IQIo. Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.—Bulletin, x, 1. Burnett, Frank.—Through Polynesia and Papua. London, rgrtt. Caillot, Eugéne.—Histoire de la Polynésie orientale. Paris, 1g1o. Calhoun, Alfred R.—Kohala of Hawaii. New York, 1893. Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, iv. Cambridge University, England.—Auunual report of the museum and lecture rooms syndicate, 1g11. Given by the University. Cannon, George Q.—My first mission. Salt Lake City, 1882. Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching.— Bulletin, vi. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Chevalier, Marcel.—Les cataclysmes terrestres. Paris, 1910. [140] List of ~ Accessions. 29 Churchward, Albert.—Signs and symbols of primordial man. London, rg1o. Cincinnati Museum.—Annual report, 1911. Given by the Museum. College of Hawaii.—Bulletin, i.—Circulars, 1-2.—College records, 1-7.—Miscellaneous papers, 6. Given by the College. Comes, Orazio.—Le lave, il torreno Vesuviano. Napoli, 1887. Concilium Bibliographicum.—Annotationes, v-vi. Congrés International d’Anthropologie et d’Archéologie Préhis- toriques a Bologne, 1871. Bologne, 1873. Congrés International d’Anthropologie et d’Archéologie Préhis- toriques a Paris, 1889. Paris, 1891. Congrés International des Americanistes a Paris, 19co. Paris, 1902. Cooke, Edward.—Voyage to the South Sea, 1708-1711. 2 vols. London, 1712. Coppinger, R. W.—Cruise of the Alert. London, 1885. Czekanowski, Jan.—Forschuimgen im Nil-Kongo Zwischengebiet, iii.—Ethnographisch-anthropologisch Atlas. Leipzig, 1gir. Darwin, Charles.—Journal of researches. London, 1890. Delessert, Eugéne.—Voyage dans les deux océans. Paris, 1840. D’Entrecasteaux.—Voyage a la recherche de la Pérouse. 2 vols. Paris, 1808. Detroit Museum of Art.—Annual report, 1911.— Bulletin, vi, 1-4. Dewey, Melvil.—Decimal classification. Lake Placid, N.Y. 1g1t. Dix, William.—Wreck of the Glide. New York, 1848. Dussaud, René. —Les sacrifices humains chez les Cananéens. Paris, 1g10. Dutton, Clarence Edward.—Earthquakes. New York, 1904. Earthquake registers, 1895-1901.—See R. Ufficio Centrale di Mete- orologia e Geodinamica al Collegio Romano, Roma. Edwards, Charles Lincoln.—Sex chromosomes in Ascaris felis. Leipzig, 1911. Given by the author. Earl (The) and the Doctor.—South Sea Bubbles. London, 1872. Eardley-Wilmot, S.—Voyages of Lord Brassey. 2 vols. London, 1895. Engraving: King Rheo Riho and suite at Drury Lane theatre, London, 1824. Enoch, C. Reginald.—Secret of the Pacific. London, 1912. Erskine, John Elphinstone.—Journal of a cruise among the islands of the western Pacific. London, 1853. [141] 30 Director's Annual Report. Finsch, Otto.—Samoa-fahrten. Leipzig, 1888. (Text and atlas.) Fison, Lorimer.—Tales from old Fiji. London, 1907. Fouqué, F.—Santorin et ses éruptions. Paris, 1879. Forbes, Litton.—T wo years in Fiji. London, 1875. Frazer, J. G.—The golden bough, pts. i-v (7 vols.). London, 1911-1912. Given by Henry Holmes Esq. Friederici, Georg. — Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer For- schungsreise nach dem Bismarck Archipel im Jahre 1908. Berlin, 1912. Friedlander, Immanuel.—Beitrage zur Geologie der Samoainseln. Munchen, rg1o. Geographen Kalender. Gotha, 1912. Geological Survey of India.—Memoirs, xxix. Calcutta, 1909. Gill, William.—Gems from the coral islands. London, 1856. Glaumont.—Ethnogénie des insulaires de Kunié. Paris, 1887. Usages, moeurs et coutumes des Neo-Calédoniens. Paris, 1888. Grandidier, A.—Rites funéraires chez les Malgaches. Paris, 1886. Goodwyn Institute. — Year-book, 1911-1912. Memphis, 1912. Given by Rev. Joseph Dutton. Graham, Robert.—Carved stones of Islay. Glasgow, 1895. Grezel.—Dictionnaire futunien-francais. Paris, 1878. Grimshaw, Beatrice.—New New Guinea. London, 1git. Haddon, Arthur C.—History of anthropology. London, 1g1o. Hale, Charles.—Description of Washington Islands. Boston, 1845. Vocabulary of Nukahiwa language. Boston, 1848. Hallock, Leavitt H.—Hawaii under King Kalakaua. Portland, LOE Tc Hamy, E. T.—Note sur les figures et inscriptions graveés dans la roche a El Hadj Mimoun. Paris, 1882. Hawaii, Legislature.—Senate Journal, 1901.—Reports to Legis- lature, 1846-1912 (100 pamphlets). Given by Hon. A. F. Judd. House Journal, 1903, in English and Hawaiian. — Senate Journal, 1903—1907.—Civil Code, 1859, 1889, 1897, in Hawaiian. —Penal Code, 1852, 1897, in Hawaliian.—Session Laws, 1840- 1904 (15 vols. in English and Hawaiian).—Reports to Legis- lature, 1852-1904 (132 pamphlets in English and Hawaiian). Given by Territorial Government. [142] List of Accesstons. 31 Hawaii.—Miscellaneous pamphlets re Honolulu and Hawaii, in English and Hawaiian; 56 given by Hon. A. F. Judd, 42 by Territorial Government. Public health laws. Honolulu, 1912. Gift of the Board of Health. Report of the Governor of Hawaii for 1911.—Reply of Hon. W. F. Frear to the complaint of Hon. Jonah Kuhio Kalaniana- ole, Jan. 1912. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. — Proceedings, rg1t. Given by Hon. S. M. Damon. Hawaiian Entomological Society.—Proceedings, ii, 4. Given by Hon. S. B. Dole. Hawaiian Planters’ Record, vi, 2,5. Given by Hon.S.M. Damon. Heilprin, Angelo.—Tower of Pelée. Philadelphia, 1904. Herz, Max.—New Zealand. London. Honolulu Chamber of Commerce.—Annual, 1g11. Honolulu, View of.—(Old engraving, date uncertain.) Hildburg- hausen. Given by Hon. A. F. Judd. Hull, Edward.—Volcanoes past and present. New York, 1904. Ibis.—oth series, v. Icones Bogoriensis, iv, 2. Illinois State Museum.—Report on geology of Sagamon County, by A. R. Crook, Curator. Springfield, 1912. Imperial Earthquake Investigation Committee. — Bulletin, iv, 3; Vi,..1. International catalogue of scientific literature.— Anthropology, gth issue. London, 1912. International Congress of prehistoric archaeology, 3rd session in London, 1868. London, 1869. Journal of Geology, xvi, 6. Chicago, 1908. Journal of Race Development, October, 1912. Judd, John W.—Volcanoes. London, 1907. Junk, Wilhelm.—Internationales Adressbuch der Antiquar-Buch- handler. Berlin, 1907. Kamehameha Schools.—Plan of grounds. San Francisco, 1912. Given by Bishop Estate. Kennen, George.—Tragedy of Pelée. New York, 1902. Lacroix, A.—la Montagne Pelée et ses éruptions. Paris, 1904. La Montagne Pelée aprés ses éruptions. Paris, 1908. [143] 2 Director's Annual Report. ios) Laguna Marine Laboratory.— First annual report. (Excerpt from first annual of Pomona College, Springfield, California.) Lake Mohonk Conference.—Proceedings, 1907, 1909-1910. Given by Hon. A. F. Judd. Lawrence, Mary S.—Old time Hawaiians. Boston, 1912. Given by the author. Lawry, Walter.—Friendly and Fiji Islands. London, 1850. Linnean Society of London.—Journal. Botany, xiii.—Transac- tions. Zoology, xiii-xiv. Linnaeus, C.—Species plantarum, i-ii. Facsimile of first edition, 1753, and index by W. Junk. 3 vols. Berlin, 1907; Lutké, Frédéric.—Voyage autour du monde. 3 vols. and folio atlas. Paris, 1835-1836. Mackay, Kenneth.—Across Papua. London, 1909. Name vir Vital? <1, TO-T1s x11, Martiniand Chemnitz.—Conchylien Cabinet, Lieferungen, 553-560. Mark Anniversary Volume. New York, 1903. Givenby Prof. Mark. Marquardt, Carl.—Die Tatowierung beider Geschlechter in Samoa. Berlin, 1899. Massachusetts Horticultural Society. — Transactions, Ig1I, I-2; 1912, 1. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Meyer, M. Wilhelm.—Erdbeben und Volcane. Stuttgart, 1908. Microscopical Science, Quarterly Journal, lvii, 3-4; lviii, 1. Minerva Jahrbuch, 1911-1912. Strassburg, 1912. Missionary Herald, xxix. 1883. Missionary Register, 1819-1820, 1828-1829. Moorehead, Warren K.—Stone age in North America. Moreux, Th.—vTremblements de terre. Paris, 1909. Municipal Record, Honolulu. Current numbers. Museu Nacional.—Archivos, xiv-xv. Rio de Janeiro, 1907-1909. Muller, Friedrich.— Reise der Novara. Linguistischer Theil. Wien, 1867. National Antarctic Expedition, rg01-1904. Natural History, vi. London, 1912. Nature. Current numbers. Nautilus. Current numbers. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station.—Bulletin, 242. New York Zoological Society.—Zoologica, 1, 8-10. New Zealand Alpine Journal, i, 1-6; ii, 7-11. Christchurch, 1892-1896. Given by A. R. Bloxam Esq. [144] rere) New Zealand Institute.—Transactions and proceedings, xxxii, XXXlv-xxxv. Wellington,.1899, 1g01-1902. Nicholas, John Liddiard.— Voyage to New Zealand. 2 vols. London, 1817. Nova Guinea.— Resultats de l’expédition néerlandaise, viii, 3. Novitates Zoologicae, xvii, 3-4; X1x, I. Niihau, Map of. Hawaii Territory Survey. Oakland Free Library and Museum.—Thirty-fourth Annual re- port, 1911-1912. Given by the Library. Open Court, xxvi, ro. Ornithologie, Journal fiir. Current numbers. Palmer, George.—Kidnapping inthe South Seas. Edinburg, 1871. Patadise of the Pacific, ili, 3; vi, 8; vii, 1-2; xiii, 12; xiv, 2-12; ayy f-0, 0-12; xvi, 1-3, 5-6, 8-12; xvi, I-11} Xvill, 1-9, 11-125" xix; —oe0.5-7, 9-11. Given by Rev. W. D. Westervelt. Park Museum.—Bulletin, iii, 4-5. Parkinson, R.—Dreissig Jahre in der Sudsee. Stuttgart, 1907. Petermanns Mitteilungen. Current numbers. Philippine Botany, leaflets, 63-76; vol. iv, index and title. Philippine Islands.—Report of the Secretary of the Interior for 1911. Manila, 1912. Given by the Department. Photographs of native life in Collingwood Bay, Papua. (100.) By Percy T. Money. Phillips, Marion.—A colonial autocracy. London, 1909. Powell, Wilfrid.—Wanderings in a wild country. London, 1883. Pratt, A. E.—Two years among New Guinea cannibals. London, 1906. Preston, Erasmus Darwin.—Language of Hawaii. Washington, 1900. Paintings (2) of the lava flow of 1881 by C. Furneaux. Given by bequest of the late Mrs. C. B. Allen. Read’s voyage around the world in the East India Squadron by an officer of the U.S. Navy. 2 vols. Boston, 1840, R. Ufficio Centrale di meteorologia e geodinamica al Collegio Romano. — Notizie sui terremoti osservati in Italia. Roma, 1895-1901. Rechinger, Karl.—Botanische und Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise nach den Samoa-Inseln, iv. Wien, 1911, Records of the Past. Current numbers. OCCASIONAL PAPERS B. P. B. M., VOL. V, NO. 4—3.- [145] ) 34 Director's Annual Report. Reddall, Henry Frederic.—From the Golden Gate to the Golden Horn. New York, 1885. Royer, Clemence.—Les Rites funéraires. Paris, 1876. Salway, C. M.—Japanese monographs, xi-xil. Sailor’s Magazine, xxi-xxli. New York, 1849-1850. San Diego Society of Natural History.—Transactions, i, 3. Sapper, Karl.—In den Vulcangebieten Mittelamerikas. Stutt- gart, 1905. Die catalonischen Vulcanen. Berlin, 1904. Geologie und Palaeontologie. Stuttgart, 1903. Savage, John.—Some account of New Zealand. .London, 1907. Schmeltz, J. D. E. und Krause, R.—Die ethnographisch-anthro- pologisch Abteilung des Museum Godeffroy. Hamburg, 1881. Schumann, Karl und Lauterbach, Karl.—Flora der deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Sudsee. Leipzig, 1go1. Schneider, Karl.—Zur Geschichte und Theorie des Vulcanismus. Prag. 1908. Die Vulcanischen Erscheinungen der Erde. Berlin, ig11. Science, xiv-xv; xxi-xxii; xxiii (incomplete); xxiv-xxvi; xxvii (incomplete); xxviii-xxxvi (incomplete). Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. Science, xxiii, no. 589. Sieberg, August.—Handbuch der Erdbebenkunde. Braunschweig, 1904. Skeat, W.—Fables and folktales from an eastern forest. Cam- bridge, Igor. Smith, Geoffrey.—A naturalist in Tasmania. Oxford, 1909. Smith, J. J.—Die Orchideen von Java, v. Leiden, 1912. Sollas, W. J.—Ancient hunters. London, torr. Spencer, Baldwin and Gillen, F. J.—Across Australia. London, LOL, Starr, Frederick.—Japanese proverbs and pictures. Chicago, 1910. Given by Rev. Joseph Dutton. Tahiti. Temau a’oraarii...... Tahiti, 1856. Given by the Bicknell Estate. Tahitian Bible. London, 1878. Given by the Bicknell Estate. Dictionary. ‘Tahiti, 1851. Given by the Bicknell Estate. Testament. London, 1853. Given by the Bicknell Estate. [146] List of Accessions. 35 Technology Station, Kilauea. Reports, June-December. Given by the Station. Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science. Hobart, 1842-1849. Tennessee State Geological Survey.—Bulletin, xiv. Given by the Survey. Thoroddsen, Th.—Island. Gotha, 1905. 2 vols. Geological map of Iceland. Copenhagen, igor. Thrum’s Hawaiian Annual. Honolulu, tor2. Topinard, Paul.—Science and faith. Chicago, 1899. Tryon and Pilsbry.—Manual of conchology, 84, 85. Turner, George.— Nineteen years in Polynesia. London, 1861. Type, Specimens of. Riverside Press. Cambridge, 1887. Given by Dr. Wm. T. Brigham. United States Department of Agriculture, Washington.—Year- bock, 1911.—Farmers’ Bulletin, 484, 493, 496, 497, 506, 510. —Biological Survey: Bulletin, 40, 41, 44. Circular, 85, 87-89. Report of the chief, 1911. Year-book separates, 557, 564, 511. Given by the Department. United States Department of Commerce and Labor.—Bureau of Fisheries: Documents, 754-756, 760-764. Report of the Com- missioner of Fisheries for 1910, and special papers. Report of the Commisioner of Fisheries for 1911.-—-Bureau of Statistics: Statistical abstract of the United States, 1911. The foreign commerce and navigation, 1911. Given by the Department. United States Weather Bureau: Hawaiian Section. — Reports, 1905 (incomplete), 1906-1907, 1908 (incomplete), 1g09-1910, Ig1t (incomplete), 1912 (current numbers). Given by the De- partment. Van Gennep, Arnold.—Tabou et totemisme a Madagascar. Paris, 1904. Vulcanology, 34 miscellaneous papers on. Wallace, A. R.—My life. 2 vols. London, 1905. Travels on the Amazon. London, rgrt. Wallaston, A. F. R.—Pygmies and Papuans. London, 1912. Walpers, Gulielmo, Gerado. — Annales botanices systematicae, i-vii. Lipsiae, 1848-1869. Webber, James.—Views in the South Seas. London, 1808. Webster, Noah.—American dictionary. Springfield, 1856. Given by Kamehameha Preparatory School. [147] 36 Director's Annual Report. Who’s Who, International. 1912. Williamson, Robert W.—Mafalu mountain people of British New Guinea. lJLondon, 1912. Wood-Jones, F.—Coral and atolls. London, r1gro. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin, 1906, no. 10. Zoological Society of London.—Proceediags, Ig11. 2 vols. Zuckerkandl, E.—Reise der Novara, 1857-1859. — Anthropolo- gischer Theil Wien, 1875: Bound books received by exchange ..........-.. Feito 9 Paper-covered books and pamphlets.-+..++++++++.4- 903 Motalsiny GxCHatiee, = 5/5 aiereje cites op melee ely aisle aes 912 Bound books received by purchase and gift ........ 193 Paper-covered and pamphlets by purchase and gift.- 1123 Total by purchase and gift .--..........eee sees * 12a Bound books received in 1912. .++ sees sees eee enon. 202 Paper-covered and pamphlets---+.+++eeeeeeeeeeee + 2026 MUS tet eos erate cvem cho ole comtahavariatiey sue. coi Cuawh, &auenhips elavome koteba ncaarens 2228 Illustrations, photos, paintings, maps---.-+--+.-++++- 262 Of above pamphlets 578 represent 129 complete but unbound volumes. Total number of volumes received in I9g12----++-++.. 34K Pamphlets and parts of volumes. --. + +++ eeeeeeeee ee 1448 CUNG tied cicetetate bce che rei soso channels sete’ «teen a calteue Vaneusyaine ceteeebeusitens 1779 The Fornander collection of Hawaiian manuscripts purchased by Mr. Bishop and presented to the Museum finally reached the Museum during the present year. [148 ] PUBLICATIONS OF THE Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Honolulu, Hawaii, U. S.A. MEMOIRS. (Quarto.) Vol. I. Nos. 1-5. 1899-1903. Vol. II. Nos. 1-4. 1906-19009. Vol. III. Ka Hana Kapa: The Making of Bark-Cloth in Hawaii. By William T. Brigham. 1911. Complete volume. | OCCASIONAL PAPERS. (Octavo.) - Vol. I. Nos. 1-5. 1898-1902. (No. 1 out of print.) - Vol. Il. Nos. 1-5. 1903-1907. Vol. III. Nos. 1-2. 1907- ---- (Volume incomplete.) Vol. IV. Nos. 1-5. 1906-ro11. vol. Vi. . No. 1. New Hawaiian Plants, III. By Charles N. ' Forbes.— Preliminary Observations Concerning the ; Plant Invasion on Some Lava Flows of Mauna Loa, Hawaii. By Charles N. Forbes. 1912. _ No. 2. Director’s Report for r91r1.—The New Labora- tory.—Another Curved Adze: By Wm. T. Brigham. 1912. . No. 3. Notes on the Flora of Kahoolawe and Molo- # ini. By Charles N. Forbes.—An Enumeration of Niihau . ‘Plants. By Charles N. Forbes. 1913. ! Flt Not, 4. piste Ri Report for Tacks 1913. Hh “Handbook for the Bishop Museum. (Oblong octavo.) 1903. 4 to Abraham Fornander’s ‘‘Polynesian Race.’’ be meee) By John F: G. Stokes. 1909. Nie detailed list, with tighcest will be mailed to any on application to the Director. ee wey AER Adee x 7 BOARD OF TRUSTEES ALBERT F. Jupp - - - . - - President E. Faxon BIsHop - - - - - Vice-President J. M. DowsETT - . : : - - Treasurer ALFRED W. CARTER - - - - - - Secretary Henry Hommes, SAMUEL M. DAMON, WILLIAM O. SMITH MUSEUM STAFF WiLLIAM T. BricHAm, Sc.D. (Columbia) - - Director WILLIAM H. Dati, PH.D. - Honorary Curator of Mollusca Joun F.G. Stroxres - - Curator of Polynesian Ethnology C. MONTAGUE CooKE, PH.D, (Yale) - Curator of Pulmonata Orro H. SwEezEY - - Honorary Curator of Entomology CHARLES N. FORBES - - -- Curator of Botany JoHn W. THOMPSON - .-~ - - Artist and Modeler Miss E. B. H1iGGINns itt em cc Ca te - Librarian Joun J. GREENE ine - - : - - Printer AvuGuST PERRY - - - - - Assistant Printer EXHIBITION STAFF Mrs. HELEN M. HELVIE - - -. - Superintendent Joun Lune CHUNG, THOMAS Koran | Ve ica gy Vanissa say) = UA) eRe ee eres JOHN PENCHULA, OCCASIONAL: PAPERS OF THE BERNICE PAUAHI BISHOP MUSEUM OF POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY VoL. V.—No. 5. Report of a Journey Around the World to Study Matters Relating to Museums. By WM. T. BRIGHAM, Sc.D., DIRECTOR OF THIS MUSEUM. Life Member of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society. Honorary Member of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. Cor- responding Member of the Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte: Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Anthro- pologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, Hamburg: Sencken- bergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main: Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences: Societa Italiana di Antropologia, Etnologia e Psico- logia comparata, Florence: Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg. Fellow of the American Association for the Advance- ment of Science: The American Academy of Arts and Sciences: Phi Beta Kappa: The Na- tional Geographic So- ciety, Washington. HONOLULU, H.I. BISHOP MUSEUM PRESS. LOL. The journey began April 10, 1912, and ended De- cember 3 of the same year. Of this a report was made to the Trus- tees, and by them ordered printed August 5, 1913. REPOR |: HEN it was decided that the Director of the Bishop \ \/ Museum should for a second time make a visit of inspec- tion, or rather of inquiry, to the principal ethnological collections both in America and Europe it was so late in the season that it was necessary to pass rapidly through the United States and finish the very important work in Europe before the heat of summer made the more southern museums unbearable. It was also recognized that some museums connected with educational institutions would probably be closed during the summer vacation. There was little time for preparation before sailing from Honolulu on April roth, 1912, and although it was decided to continue the journey to Australia and New Zealand, where very important museums dealing largely with the Pacific region (which limits the scope of the Bishop Museum) had made important changes since the last official visit in 1896, the plans were not elaborated fully until reaching Boston ten days after sailing from Honolulu. The general itinerary had been sketched and the time that could be allotted to each station determined in the beginning by the knowledge gained in former journeys, but even after elimi- nating certain collections of minor importance that ceuld not pos- sibly be brought within the date fixed in the Director's mind for the return to Honolulu, it appeared that the work remaining could not be properly done single-handed, and with the urgent advice of family and friends the Director decided to take with him, on his own responsibility, a secretary to take notes and relieve him of the many business arrangements of such an extensive and hurried trip. The alternative suggested itself of visiting only the new museums, and those not fully examined on his first visit in 1896, but the remem- brance of the grand work being done in almost all of the museums seen then, and the promise this gave of still farther improvement, led the Director to abandon this plan, whch might do for a less important mission. [151] 3 4 Report of a Journey Around the World. The fortunate selection of Mr. Clarence M. Wilson of Boston for this post proved the wisdom of the advice followed, and the fulness of this report as well as the work done in the apparently neglected American museums later, together with many sugges- tions of practical value, must be credited to this very efficient secretary and fellow-traveler. In San Francisco the museum of the California Academy of Science had disappeared in the terrible fire, and many good specimens of Marquesan and other Polynesian origin were un- fortunately lost. In the Oakland public museum are some good specimens I have examined when in possession of their collector. At Chicago the schedule of the trains allowed a few hours which were devoted to a visit to the Field Museum (Fig. 1), where I found my friend Dr. C. F. Millspaugh had just returned from a long journey, and by his courtesy I was enabled to see many improvements, especially in the Botanical Department where Dr. Millspaugh has had most beautiful glass enlargements of flowers and their fertilization, fruits and fungi prepared by a most efficient corps of assistants. Notes were also made on the good mounting of corals. Dr. F. J. V. Skiff, the well-known Director, I also met for a few moments as he was starting for Europe that day by an- other route, and we met again in Moskau." In Washington I visited the new National Museum (Fig. 2) and was entertained by Dr. W. H. Dall and Mr. H. W. Henshaw, head of the Biological Department of the Agricultural Bureau. Many skulls, a portion of the game collected in Africa by ex-President Roosevelt, were seen, but the arrangement of the new building was not complete enough, nor the time at my disposal sufficient to make a thorough inspection; when in order the collections will be worth a special visit. The Carnegie Administration Building (Fig. 3) was also visited, and although I was not fortunate enough to find Dr. Woodward, the obliging Secretary showed me over the building and explained its uses. A part of the day in this beauti- ful city was used in obtaining the necessary passport for travel in Russia, and also a letter of introduction from the Department of State, to provide for possible needs. The Peabody Ethnological Museum in Cambridge was familiar from many former visits and from its most valuable publications; ‘Illustrations of the contents of this museum are given in the sequel. [152] I. FIELD MUSEUM, CHICAGO. Report of a Journey Around the World. a an abstract of the Pacific region ethnological collections is given later. Salem, always a bewitching city in more ways than one, had also to be passed by, but was not forgotten, as the list given later of the Polynesian treasures of this greatest of New England’s Pacific region collections will fully prove. Andover had one or two Hawaiian relics that have been the subject of much unavail- ing correspondence. Generally there is little of Pacific interest in the Eastern states since the removal of the very interesting 3. CARNEGIE INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION BUILDING. collection of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions to the Bishop Museum. ‘The Boston Society of Natural History once had a fine series of Hawaiian lavas and of both Hawaiian and East Indian corals collected and given by the author of this report; whether in the crowded condition of the collections they are still on exhibition or even in existence I do not know. We left Boston April 30th on the Laconia, a fine new boat of - the Cunard line, and after an eight day passage far to the south to avoid icebergs, unusually abundant this season, landed at Fish- gard and after a charming ride through Wales arrived in London where we made the final arrangements for the campaign which were strictly adhered to throughout the journey. .Hotel rooms [155] 8 Report of a Journey Around the World. were engaged, railway and steamer tickets secured as far as Aus- tralia, with the exception of those in Russia and Java, and in no case were we disappointed or delayed. I may add that every- where we were received with cordial welcome and granted every facility for our work; and if we did not accomplish all that we desired, it was due to the shortness of time allowed and the absence of a few Curators on their summer vacations. 4. TRILITHON AT STONEHENGE. Our itinerary was generally as follows: Before finally leaving London we enjoyed a side journey to Salisbury whence we visited Stonehenge and were enabled to compare this megalithic struc- ture (Fig. 4) with the Tongan trilithon of our Pacific region. We enjoyed, as every archeologist must, this wonder of Salisbury plain which is at present well cared for although private property. Sunday, May 12th, I left London early for Greywell, the resi- dence of my old friend J. Edge-Partington whose well-known ‘‘Album’’ has been of so much use to all museum curators and archeologists generally. Mr. Partington has spent some time at [156] Report of a Journey Around the World. 9 the Bishop Museum, and this morning met me at the station and a short drive through the charming hedge-bordered roads brought us to his quaint home the Kiln House, where I examined his private collections and had the pleasure of meeting his family, 5. PRIMITIVE ADZE FROM NEW GUINEA. including his son who is Lieutenant-Governor of the Solomon Isl- ands British Colony under Governor Woodford, and now at home on leave. I was thus able to see the collections he brought home and also settle some questions that had puzzled me about the methods of the islanders. After a most agreeable day I returned late to London with a memento of my visit in the form of a primi- tive adze that I had long desired for this Museum (Fig. 5). Men (157] - ain a ae 4 6. THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 7. GLASS AND CERAMIC GALLERY, BRITISH MUSEUM. 8. SIR CHARLES HERCULES READ. 9. MR. T. A. JOYCE. 14 Report of a Journey Around the World. who, like Mr. Partington, make private collections with knowl- edge are doing work for ethnology that cannot always be done by the large museums, and when such collections come at last to the suitable museum they are regarded rightly as among the most useful acquisitions. II. CARVED WOODEN BOWL, BRITISH MUSEUM. A visit to Kew Garden and its museums showed considerable increase and improved arrangement, especially in the economic museum, but the day was saddened by the remembrance that my host on my first visit in 1866, then the indefatigable and hospitable Director Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, who had also welcomed me on my last visit as he was still working over the //orva /ndica, although no longer Director, had since passed away in the fulness of years and of well-earned honors. In that earlier visit I stood between Dr. Hooker and Rajah Brooke, the only spectators as the Court passed by on the preliminary view of the beautiful Horticultural Exhibition at Kensington. The Queen Mother Alexandra, then a young matron and Princess of Wales is, I believe, the only survivor of the principal personages in that royal cortége headed by Victoria, Queen and Empress. [ 162] Report of a Journey Around the World. I On On a mission such as mine one turns at his earliest opportunity to the British Museum, that greatest repository of the museum world. Our visits were not once but whenever we could find a few hours, but I speak of the results from the combined experience. The removal of the biological contents of the museum to Kensington certainly has left more room for the material por- tion, and it is perhaps fortunate that the works of civilized man in literature, art and science have not been separated from the products of what we are accus- tomed to call his uncivilized life; the statue of the Polynesian god is still un- der the same roof with the Attic images of the gods of Olympus; the pottery of Minoan make is cheek by jowl with the Greek vases of the proudest Athenian age; the quaint and unlovely figures from Rapanui are in cases but a few feet removed from the Elgin marbles! Even in the new wing the architects have evidently had control and the som- bre, temple-like structure of the old museum building has been faithfully 12. CARVED WOODEN cup, adhered to with little regard for the a exigencies of exhibition. And while on this matter of museum buildings we may cross the city some miles to Kensington and find in the Biological Museum the same architectural trouble. While the outside dress pleases the eye the ecclesiastical interior seems wholly unsuited to the wants of amuseum. Director Skiff of the Field Museum of Chicago seems to have the right way when he makes the plans for the interior of his museum and allows the architect to attend to the faz/oring. In Europe old palaces have so long been turned over for museum purposes that it is hard to shake off that pernicious custom, but museum buildings are springing up, where the yoke is shaken off, and better than palaces are being built for the housing of all-important collections. [163] 16 Report of a Journey Around the World. The interior of the Bloomsbury museum, however, has been used as well perhaps as is possible under the circumstances, as may be seen in Fig. 7. The use of light metal cases and glass shelving is very important where light comes only from above. ‘Table cases with open base are also in evidence and add variety to the furnishing. 13. NECKER ISLAND STONE IMAGES, BRITISH MUSEUM. It is hardly necessary to say that Sir Charles H. Read received us with his customary kindness, and in company with Mr. T. A. Joyce, who has charge of this particular department, we were soon in the midst of the ethnological treasures. Since my last visit the Museum has purchased the fine collection of the London Mission- ary Society which is especially rich in specimens from the south- east Pacific, and contains also not a few Hawaiian treasures, [164] 14. HAWAIIAN GOD FROM KAILUA, BRITISH MUSEUM. =? 15. HAWAIIAN GOD, BRITISH MUSEUM. 18 Report of a Journey Around the World. especially carved bowls, some of which are figured in the first report but without indication of their size. been supplied and I have photographs of all these with the size indicated. The Director was most generous in furnishing all the photographs we needed for illustra- tion of various memoirs, and these were so promptly furnished that on my return to Honolulu they were awaiting me. The collection of Rapanui figures has been en- riched by as finely carved a specimen as I have ever seen. ‘The collections have also been labeled and are much more accessible than on my last visit. The kapa specimens are well mounted and arranged for study, a matter most museums have in the past neglected. The large collection of Hawaii- an feather cloaks and capes has been with- drawn from public exposure except a very few specimens. This is found the wisest way even in countries where the light is not so actinic as in these Hawaiian Islands. The list of accessions will be found in the sequel, as it seems best to group those from all the museums together. Among the Hawaiian specimens are several carved wooden bowls with human figures as supporters, a favorite motive, of which we have already figured examples in our publications." The first, Fig. 10, is but 7.7 inches high but remarkably well carved, although the figures have very brutal faces. The second was obtained in 1854, Fig. 11, and it resembles more the common New Zealand treatment, with upright human figures both facing the This omission has now 16. HAWAIIAN STICK GOD, BRITISH MUSEUM. same way; of these the eyes are of shell and the teeth good specimens of the sculptor’s dentistry ; like the first this is of small 1 Memoirs, vol. ii, p. 358, fig. 162, for the Hawaiian ; fig. 163 shows a rudely carved Maori bowl, aA fig. 164 represents a specimen of Hawaiian origin in the Leiden Museum. [ 166 Report of a Journey Around the World. 1g size. A third specimen in the same line is shown in Pigs 12; in which the somewhat larger bowl seems to have been used for a liquid, having an exit through the mouth of one of the figures. There are two of the Necker Island stone figures, thelarger 18 inches high, the other the smallest known (Fig. 13). Those in the Bishop Museum have been described and fig- ured (Memoirs, I, pl. Ixii). Of the wooden gods besides the large one figured in Oc- casional Papers, I, pl. xiv, there are two others note- worthy: one ( Fig. 14) was obtained by Messrs. Tyer- mann and Bennett from a heiau at Kailua, Hawaii, and is 47.5 inches high; the other (Fig. 15) is much broken, is 54 inches high, and seems to represent a female form, al- though the features seem hardly those of the gentler sex; it was obtained from a heiau. To these may be add- ed the little god 12.8 inches high (Fig. 16) which has an 17. NEW ZEALAND TRUMPET, expression hardly god-like. BRITISH MUSEUM. A New Zealand trumpet 25.7 inches long (Fig. 17) has the flare beautifully carved; these trumpets were usually carved in two pieces and fitted neatly together longitudinally; they are far from common in collections. The Natural History Museum at Kensington has expanded far more than the public exhibits show, but these last include more of the well-mounted bird groups than before, and among animals the okapi is conspicuous. Series illustrating evolution, and es- [167 ] 20 Report of a Journey Around the World. pecially the development of wings, feet, feathers, etc., aré pre- sided over by a fine statue of Darwin (Fig. 19), while the bust of Sir William H. Flower, who was the moving spirit in the estab- lishment of this new home for the biological collections, is con- spicuous on the main floor (Fig. 21). The present arrangement of the entrance hall differs from the illustration in having the 18. NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM, SOUTH KENSINGTON. skeleton of an elephant in the middle of the floor. Unfortunately the objectionable architecture of the walls cannot so easily be changed. In the Imperial Institute (Fig. 22) the colonial products are arranged partially, and we found a bronze statue of Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, the great East Indian organizer and ruler of Java, but could obtain no photograph of this, which seems far superior to any we found later in the lands where much of his re- markable career was passed. If this inchoate collection could be completely reorganized and quadrupled it would be more worthy the imperial colonies, but at present it has too much the appear- ance of being the débris of some previous great exhibition, while the beautiful collection of Indian work from the former East Indian Museum is far too crowded. ‘The scattering of the London collec- [168 ] Ig. STATUE OF CHARLES DARWIN. 22 Report of a Journey Around the World. tions is often puzzling, for in the Kensington art collections one might look for much of the carved and inlaid work of the empire. But our time was too short and our examination too cursory to criticise what will become a grand exposition as time and means are provided for the more complete differentiation and organiza- tion of the now separated collections. It must be admitted that for a stranger the distribution of exhibits is very confusing, and a . ate’ 1) i eteia Bo ee = aia Iecale .. ~ lS) ae 20. ENTRANCE HALL OF KENSINGTON MUSEUM. government commission to sort out the material that can best be cared for and used for instruction in each of the great museums would seem a step in advance. I remember seeing on a former visit several fine Maori war canoe prows under a bench in the Science and Art Museum which, it seemed to me, would be more at home with the ethnographic collections of the British Museum. And there were many other instances needless to recount. A morning was spent most profitably at the Royal College of Surgeons with Dr. William Pearson, the courteous Curator, who showed and clearly explained the many admirable preparations, mostly his own work. Especially interesting was the osteological department (Fig. 25) where are preserved many crania and not [170] 2I. SIR W. H. FLOWER. 24 Report of a Journey Around the World. a few skeletons of Polynesians. There were also good Maori heads showing the moko. Ifthe plans I have made on this jour- ney do not go aglee this Bishop Museum will sometime have a good series of skeletons of all the races inhabiting the Pacific region. There is not at present any museum collection sufficient for the study of Polynesian and Melanesian comparative osteology. 2 as : a. ° |) —_— =\ a\ 3 22. THE IMPERIAL INSTITUTE. There are many great helps to the anthropologist in this great London museum. The kindness of Mr. Hobson of the United States Embassy furnished us with passes to many places, among others to the Tower which we visited on the 18th, and there found a Hawaiian helmet, but that was unexpected, and to me more interesting were the alterations in the basement to which our diplomatic pass ad- mitted us, and these, if doing away with some matters of consider- able antiquarian interest, certainly have unveiled others which but for these invasions might have remained in oblivion for more centuries. From this wonderful although sad page in English history we sought relief in a freer and broader field, and found this in the rooms of the Royal Geographical Society where we were received by the [172] Report of a Journey Around the World. 25 distinguished Secretary, Dr. J. Scott Keltie, LL.D. The very atmosphere of the place was geographical in the midst of the 50,000 volumes, 128,000 maps and more than 40,000 photographs. We received invitations both to the annual meeting and to the dinner in the evening, but I was able to accept only the former, and found it an interesting function including the presentation of awards by the President the Rt. Hon. Lord Curzon of Kedleston, 23. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. to a number of persons who had distinguished themselves as geographers or travelers. In connection with the annual dinner that I had been unable to attend, I found that I had been expected to meet several distinguished members, but the most important, Sir Everard Im Thurn invited me to dine with him a few days later, when I found this distinguished traveler and former Gov- ernor of Fiji was chairman of a commission to revise the nomen- clature of the Pacific islands, and it was gratifying to find that the Index to the Pacific Islands, published by the Bishop Museum, was likely to be of use in this behalf.' The next evening Mr. Wilson and I dined with the Council of the Royal Anthropological Institute before the regular meeting, 'The Fijian club shown in Fig. 24, now in the Bishop Museum, is a pleas- ant reminder both of Sir Everard and his labors in Fiji. [173] 26 Report of a Journey Around the World. and I had the pleasure of meeting A. P. Maudsley, Esq., the Presi- dent, whose explorations in Guatemala are well known, and whose footsteps I had the privilege of following when making my photo- graphs of the ruins of Quirigua. At the meeting later we listened 24. FIJIAN CLUB GIVEN BY SIR EVERARD IM THURN. 25. ROYAI, COLLEGE OF SURGEONS. to an interesting paper on Maori Skulls, by Dr. R. J. Gladstone, M.D., with exhibits, and then the discussion turned upon Polyne- sian origins, and the President called upon me, but I could only show what I considered valid objections to all the best known theories without offering any better theory of my own. Among [174] Report of a Journey Around the World. 27 those present Mr. A. W. F. Fuller of Sydenham Hill and Mr. Harry G. Beasley of Abbey Wood, Kent, both invited us to inspect their private collections on the following Saturday and Sunday, and in accepting these invitations, the one to luncheon, the other 26-27. HAWAIIAN IMAGE, FULLER COLLECTION. to dinner, we spent several very pleasant and profitable hours. I confess to greater pleasure in inspecting the collection of an ex- perienced and competent gentleman where the history of each thing is fairly in hand than in the mere inspection of a large public museum where the arrangement is generally perfunctory and the individualism of the article is buried in books of accessions or card [175] 28 Rebort of a Journey Around the World. catalogues, things necessary and useful but not always vitalized. Personally I have learned more from the many private collections it has been my good fortune to visit than from much larger muse- ums where the very abundance absorbs the individual specimen in the general collection. - At Mr. Beasley’s we noted especially the Maori feather boxes, of which he has a large and choice collection; he has also other Maori specimens, and altogether a very interesting result of his careful selection. From the Chichester museum he obtained a Hawaiian feather cloak which will be described elsewhere. Mr. Fuller has a more general collection, one of the most interesting and valuable private collections we visited: among other treas- ures he has a Hawaiian feather cape, of which he has kindly sent a photograph with the history; a large and rudely carved Hawaii- an image 52 inches high (Figs. 26 and 27), differing greatly from any other Hawaiian image known;' quilted kapa from Rapanui, Admiralty Islands spears, Fijian and Tongan clubs of good quality, and an extensive travel library. It was natural that we turned our steps eagerly to Cambridge, for there Baron A. von Hugel has his unrivalled collection of Fijian material which all students of the Pacific region are anxious to have him publish; and here too were Dr. A. C. Haddon and Dr. W. H. R. Rivers, names well known and honored for their good work, especially in the western Pacific region. The day, May 23, was as fine as that favorable season can produce in Eng- land, and our walks on the banks of the Cam and through the college quadrangles filled us to the brim with the academic atmo- sphere. We called first on Dr. Rivers at his rooms in St. John’s College, as we knew he was to leave town onthe next day. I had met him in Honolulu and he received us most cordially. He took us to the old museum soon to be vacated for its new abode, and here Baron von Htgel was ready for us, and although much of his collection was in trays awaiting removal we were shown many gems and had much pleasant discourse on the origin and uses of ‘IT am sorry to say that its nature suggests to me the work of a carver of ship figureheads in which has been used as a model an inhabitant of an island much nearer London than is Hawaii; but this carver must have known the Hawaiian mahiole and general figure treatment; the hand is much larger and the mouth smaller than usual in Hawaiian images. I cannot say that it is not Hawaiian work. [176 } 28. PORTRAIT OF BARON A. VON HUGEL. i 4 ~ Hitt I | tt TWO VIEWS OF THE NEW CAMBRIDGE MUSEUM. 29-30. Report of a Journey Around the World. 3 31 many of the doubtful specimens. None but an ethnologist can fully enjoy the pleasure of finding a parallel to some rare speci- men long supposed unique, or specimens scattered through this and that museum, seemingly disjointed, brought closer together by some newly found intermediate form that clearly gives the key to that disjointed puzzle. Dr. Haddon had joined us in the little room that I remembered well from my earlier visit in 1896, and with these champions one fortification of ignorance after another fell before the assault. Here the Fijian matters are by no means the whole, although the lists in the appendix will show their abundance. The Tongan clubs we saw rivalled only by some of Captain Cook’s specimens at Sydney and Wellington, and the other portions of Polynesia were well represented. After a pleasant luncheon in the Faculty room in St. John’s College Dr. Rivers took us through the library where we enjoyed many rare and beautiful illuminated manu- scripts and early Caxtons and other bibliographical treasures. Later we dined in Hall at Christ’s College the guests of Dr. Had- don, and met many distinguished Professors. It was no small pleasure to see the portrait of Charles Darwin, a graduate of this college, which hung on the wall behind my seat and above my head. The students at the long tables were a fine orderly body, and the custom of Latin grace before the meal and a social meet- ing of professors and guests in an adjoining room for coffee after were pleasant features. Professor Alfred Newton, the genial orni- thologist and teacher, had on a former visit offered me coffee in his hospitable abode in Magdalene College, and after showing his treasures in the Natural History Museum, opened for me the remarkable library of Mr. Samuel Pepys, of which he was keeper, where I longed to spend many days. In the interval Professor Newton has passed away. He was chairman of the committee publishers of the Fauna Hawaiiensis. In the little churchyard near the museums the widow of Cap- tain Cook lies buried. [179] 31. PORTRAIT OF PROFESSOR BALFOUR. Report of a Journey Around the World. 33 Oxford was another Mecca of our pilgrimage. In my former visit in 1896 I had been the guest of Professor H. Balfour, and the friendship then formed with that distinguished ethnologist was pleasantly refreshed when he met us at the station on May 24th with his carriage. He took us first to the museum (Fig. 32) where we found many changes and additions, the latter especially in the + Peg! e- 2 Je 32. INTERIOR OF OXFORD MUSEUM. collection of ethnic musical instruments. As is well known the Pitt-Rivers collection forms an important part of this museum, and the arrangement is comparative, hence difficult to enumerate. The result is vastly instructive, but only to be adopted in an ex- tensive museum like the present. Among the exhibits was a fine series of pump-drills, also many choice Fijian lotus clubs. The system adopted in the Oxford Museum is as follows: (Of course the smaller subdivisions are in practice greatly extended. ) OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, No. 5.—3. [181 | 34 Report of a Journey Around the World. PRINCIPAL GROUPS OF SPECIMENS. a RIES ORC: Paleolithic period: British Islands, France, Egypt, India, Africa, Tasmania (recent). Cave period. Kitchen middens, ancient and modern. Neolithic period: British Islands, France, Swiss and Italian lakes, Italy, Greece, Scandinavia. Stone celts (axes and adzes) in geographical and {| morphological groups. Grouped by period. - Hammer-stones, pounders, rubbing-stones, etc. Cores and flakes, worked-lakes. Scrapers. Knives, lance-heads, etc. Grouped by form } Arrowheads. and locality. | Manufacture of stone implements, methods used. Natural forms. Modern gun-flint making. | Forgertes. | Hafting of stone and shell implements. Use of bone, ivory and horn in manufacture of implements. Bronze age.— Age of copper. Age of bronze: Celts (development of forms), knives, razors, chisels, daggers and swords, spear-heads, arrow-heads, mace- heads, rings, etc. Iron age.— Early axes and adzes, spear-heads and arrow-heads, swords and daggers. Il. ARTS OF LIFE. War and the chase: Clubs; boomerangs, spears and lances; instruments for throwing spears; arrows, quivers; bows, cross-bows, bullet bows, blow-guns,; archers arm-guards, bow-string pullers; many-pointed spears; harpoons,; slings, bolas; axes and adzes; halbards; glaives, swords, daggers and knives; fighting-rings (cestus, etc.); five-arms. Defensive arms: Parrying-sticks and shields, body armor, helmets. Food: Fishing appliances, traps, agricultural tmplements, grinding mills, cooking utensils, strainers, etc. Fire making (domestic and ceremonial): ///umination (lamps, candles, torches ). Pottery: Hand-made pottery, wheel-made pottery; substitutes for pottery. Clothing: Covers and garments, head gear, foot gear, umbrellas and sun- shades, fans and fly-whisks, spinning, string-making, string and net- work, weaving, basketry; bark-cloth. [182] Report of a Journey Around the World. 35 Locomotion: ]l’heel and other transport; skates and snowshoes; naviga- tion (boats, ships, paddles, etc.); horse gear (harness, bits, shoes, spurs, stirrups); whips and flagella, staves; cradles and baby carriers. Domestic appliances, ete.: Zools (cutting, drilling, sawing, rasping, etc. ),; spoons, forks, knives; locks and keys; measures of weight, time, etc.; currency, writing and primitive records; dwellings, head-rests,; surgi- cal appliances; medicine; metallurgy (bronze and tron). it. ARTS OF PLEASURE. Personal adornment: 7oz/et gear, mirrors, combs, cosmetics, tatuing,; artifi- cial deformation (head, lips, ears, nose, feet), hatr and hatr dressing. Personal ornaments: Ornaments of shell, bones and teeth of animals, vege- table substance; armlets and leglets; belts and sashes; pouches, beads and beadwork; feather work; torques; rings; penannular rings; fibu- lae; ring brooches; pins, cloak fasteners. Tobacco and hemp smoking, ete.: Narcotics and stimulants. Musical instruments: Percussion (rattles, gongs, bells, drums, etc.); wind (syrinx, whistles, reed instruments, trumpets); stringed (musical bow, harps, zithers, dulcimers, guitars, fiddles, etc.); masks (dancing, cere- montial, dramatic). Art: Graphic and plastic art; development of ornament and patterns; ant- mal form in art; human form in art; zoomorphic, phyllomorphic designs; geometric patterns, loop, coil, and fret patterns; influence of textiles on designs, etc. IV. MAGIC AND RELIGION. ‘ Magic, sorcery, etc.; divination, primitive religion; oriental religions, ex votos; treatment of the dead; war trophies. V. CEREMONIAL IMPLEMENTS. A very interesting Hawaiian ido: is in this museum; the in- scription states that it was given to the Ashmolean Museum by the Rev. Andrew Bloxam, M.A., Worcester Coilege, Oxford, in 1826, and from there it came to the Pitt-Rivers Museum. It is 33-6 inches high and was obtainec frém the Hale o Keawe at Honaunau, Hawaii, at the time of the visit of the Blonde, on which Bloxam was chaplain. Fig. 33. As at the younger university the library was not passed by, and the Bodleian delighted us with its treasures—antiques in a suitably ancient setting. We were also taken to see the boat races, [183] 26 Report of a Journey Around the World. where ten eight-oared crews contended, and we were privileged to see a ‘‘bump’’ directly opposite the college barge where we were seated. ‘The spectators were not less an interesting study than the athletic contestants. The view of the town of Oxford from the upper windows of the Balfour villa at Headington Hill in the early morning was most attractive. In the direction of the Syden- ham Crystal Palace from London at Forest Hill there is a quaint muse- um building bearing the following inscription on a bronze tablet: Founded in 1890 by Frederick John Horniman, Esq., M.P., F.R. G.S., F.L.S.; rebuilt in 1900; and, in Ig01 presented by him, with the adjoining Horniman-gardens, to the London County Council, as a free gift to the people, for ever.’ To the original museum a lec- ture hall and library has been added by Mr. E. J.. Horniman, son of the founder, which was opened to the public January 27, 1912. Fig. 34. In several respects this muse- um differs from all others seen, and having had the great advantage of the knowledge and faculty of ar- rangement of Dr. A. C. Haddon, it may well occupy some space for its description. In the first place it is open free every day in the year except Christmas. Sundays, all the year round, 3p.m.togp.m. Week 33. BLOXAM IDOL, OXFORD MUSEUM. days, April to September inclusive, 11 a.m. to 8 p.m.; October to March inclusive, 11 a.m. to 6 p.m. The main building consists "To that Council I am indebted for the photographs used in illustration, and a full set of the exceedingly well-arranged handbooks. [184 ] Report o af Journey Around the World. 27 of two galleried halls at different levels, with a broad corridor extending along the eastern side. Each hall is 100 feet long by 47 feet wide, while the balconies are only 6 feet wide, except at the northern end in each hall, where the width is much greater. The whole building is 258 feet long by 61 teet wide, and there is a clock tower about roo feet high. As seen in Fig. 37, the lecture room and library is on the left side of the museum building, of which it forms part. The contents of this building, or rather their admirable arrangement, constitute the individuality of the institu- tion: they are grouped on the evolutionary or development system, both for animals (in the North Hall, Fig. 35) and for the works of man (in the South Hall, Fig. 36). To aid the visitor are, beside the arrangement, a series of handbooks costing from one to three pence as follows: 1. Guide for the use of Visitors to the Horniman Museum and Library. 2! pence. 2. Handbook to the Collection arranged as an introduction to the Study of Animal Life. 3. Handbook to the Vivaria and Fresh Water Aquaria. 4. Handbook to the Marine Aquaria. (With 2 plates.) 5. Handbook to the case arranged as an Introduction to the Study of Birds’ Eggs. (6 plates.) 6. Handbook to the Library. 3 pence. 7. From Stone to Steel: a Handbook to the cases illustrating the Ages of Stone, Bronze and Iron. (2 plates.) 3 pence. 8. Handbook to the Weapons of War and the Chase. (2 plates.) 2 pence. g. Handbook to the Cases illustrating Stages in the Evolu- tion of the Domestic Arts (Part I). Agriculture, the Prepara- tion of Food, and Fire-making. 10. Ditto. Part II. Basketry, Pottery, Spinning and Weav- ing. (2 plates.) 11. Handbook to the Cases illustrating Animal Locomotion. (1 plate.) I copy from page 24 of the Guide: [185] “TIVH HLNOS AO UOIMHINI “SE 40 Report of a Journey Around the World. “Natural and Artificial Vessels. (Centre Cases. ) ‘“The first vessels used by man were no doubt natural recep- tacles such as shells, coconut shells and gourds. Sections of bambu, and the horns and skins of animals, require a little more preparation, whilst vessels of bark, wood, and stone are only of natural origin as regards the materials of which they are made. Baskets and earthenware pots were no doubt of relatively late date, and vessels of metal and glass are scarcely known outside civilization. The museum collection contains representatives of all the above-mentioned classes of vessels, in each case chosen from as wide an area as possible. ‘“GOURD VESSELS (often called ‘‘calabashes’’): from Oceania, Africa, Burma. The specimen from New Caledonia (West Pacific), with protective net of coconut fibre string, is worthy of notice. ‘(COCONUT VESSELS: Oceania, Africa, Ceylon, Japan. Some are enclosed in a suspending net of string or sinnet. ‘‘BAMBOO VESSELS: from British New Guinea and Burma. ““SHELL VESSELS: (the shell of Cyvmdzum) for cooking, from Torres Straits Islands (between Australia and New Guinea). ‘“HORN VESSELS: ox-horn cups, South Africa and Argentina, and an Anglo-Saxon specimen found in London; horn ladle, Haida Indians of North America; old English horn beakers. “SKIN VESSELS: goat-skin water bag, Cairo; walrus bladder bucket, Siberia; Spanish peasant’s skin bag for wine or water; hide bottle for cuscus, Kabyles of Algeria; food vessels of wood and hide, East Central Africa; hide bottle, Hausa of Northern Nigeria; old English ‘‘black-jacks’’ and ‘‘leather bottles.”’ ‘““BARK VESSELS: bark dish for fish, Ainu of Japan; birch- bark tray, North American Indians. ‘““WOODEN VESSELS: (1) Carved in one piece: from Australia, the Pacific islands, North America, Africa, Japan (Ainu); old English platter, and old Norwegian beer bowls. (2) Buzlt up of several pieces: cedar wood boxes, north-west North America; wooden bucket made of two pieces, Eskimo of Alaska; old Eng- lish harvest barrels, old Norwegian tankards.’’ [188] Report of a Journey Around the World. AI It is pleasing to know that the attendance at this museum is very good. For 1911, 167,502 persons visited the place, ora daily average of 460. Three courses of lectures to teachers are given on Saturday mornings, while on Saturday afternoons courses of more popular interest are given in one of the rooms. Asan illustration UnTRANCE LECTURE HALL ~ 36. PLAN OF SOUTH HALL. 37. PLAN OF LECTURE HALL. of the first courses to teachers here is the Twenty-fourth course for the Winter term: Phases of Animal Life, by H. S. Harrison, D.Sc. (Lond.), A.R.C.Se. The Simplest Animals; Division of Physio- logical Labour in Higher Forms; The Procuring of Food; Offence and Defence; Evasion and Concealment; Modes of Reproduction; The Development of the Individual; Domestic and Social Life; [189] ae enn t ATT, HADDON. DR. A.C. 38. Report of a Journey Around the World. 43 Partnerships and Parasitism; Progress and Degeneration. The Twenty-sixth course for the Autumn term was by Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S.: Why and How we study Mankind. The rea- sons for studying our Fellow Men; Observations on the Living ; The Study of Skulls and Bones; Psychological Investigations and Sociological Methods; The Investigation of Ideas and Ideals: The Distribution of Arts and Crafts; The Methods of Archeology ; The Teachings of Folklore; The Decorative Art of British New Guinea—A Study in Method. The course of popular lectures for the Winter term, Saturday afternoons, was by varions lecturers on the following subjects: Animals in Primitive Art; Coal, what it is and what it yields; Japanese Architecture and Garden Craft; The Structure and Uses of Hair; The Educational Value of Children’s Toys; Plant Hy- brids; Native Life in Central Africa; The Structure and Uses of Teeth; The Origin and History of Bells; The Plant Life of a Pond. Surely the teachers in this neighborhood are favored, and not less are the children and older learners. There is an element of bitter disappointment in such a journey as ours, that the volumes we were continually opening and read- ing as it were the title page and perhaps the table of contents must be relinquished for others awaiting the same brief notice as we hurry on. In both public and private museums of Great Britain we might have spent most of our allotted time in study, although as we passed on to the continent we found perhaps more modern buildings and better instalment; with no more material I am inclined to think the material at hand was better treated, especially in the ethnological side in, say the new museums of Germany, and the United States. Be this as it may, I am certain that I found more suggestions in the housing of specimens in Cologne, Leipzig, Frankfurt am Main, etc., than in England. We regretted to leave unvisited many of the smaller museums in various cities and towns throughout Great Britain. On May 27th we left Harwich at 10 p.m. for the Hook of Holland, arriving at the Hague at 6:30 the next morning. We were joined on the train by a young Dutch friend, Mr. Willem Kast Sypestein, Jr., who has been pursuing his post graduate studies at Delft, and he proved all through our stay in Holland a [191] 44 Report of a Journey Around the World. most agreeable and useful guide and interpreter—we often, while traveling in Java, wished for his presence. He introduced us to his Professors, and thus we were able to see the laboratories and have a most profitable day at Delft. Leiden and its great Rijks Ethnographisch Museum we had looked forward to with our excursion to Java in mind, for I well remembered the rich stores of Javanese products which I had rather slighted for want of time on my last visit. The town was much the same and our hotel almost unchanged. The old museum was externally the same, one of a block of buildings, and within was the familiar superabundance of oriental specimens, but the Pacific collec- tions had been removed to the other end of the city, to a private house (or houses) opposite the Rijks Museum van Natuurlijke Historie.’ The maps of Java (especially pre- pared for some great exposition), Javanese costumes, musical instru- ments, and models of houses, boats and machinery claimed much atten- tion, but I could not see that the danger of fire had been eliminated, and indeed as we left the building a fire broke out in a neighboring shop, and we had an 39. DR. H. H. JUYNBOLL. ‘While a Frenchman, Jomard, was perhaps the first to publicly suggest the idea of a museum of Ethnography, it was in the town of Leiden that the matter assumed a concrete form when the authorities obtained the remarka- ble collections made by Philip Franz von Siebold in Japan. Siebold was a Hollander, and in a letter to his friend Jomard (Lettre sur Putilité des Musées Ethnographiques, Paris, 1843) he points out that he had already taken steps both to adopt and improve on the idea of the French geographer: his attention had been turned to the need of following up every trace of the origins of peoples and their early migrations, by a comparative investigation of their customs, forms and cult. Jomard never realized his dream, but his last, published work ends thus: ‘‘qu’ on ne songe guére a ce musée de la géo- graphie et des voyages longtemps espéré, vainement attendu....--. bien que lutilité en soit incontestable.’’ It was to a visit to this Leiden collection that Thomsen owed much of his inspiration with which he made the Danish Ethnographical Museum long the chief in Europe, and its place is still high owing to the work of his successors, Worsaae and Muller. (/ortale til Kata- loget over det E-thn. Museum, 1862.) [192] Report of a Journey Around the World, 45 opportunity of seeing the Arvandspuit come to the rescue—a sight that did not strengthen our belief in the safety of the fine collection in the present building. Inthe new quarters the conditions seemed better; there were fewer shops, none close at hand, and there 40. TEYLER’S MUSEUM, HAARLEM. 41. MUSEUM VOOR KUNST EN NIJVERHEID, HAARLEM. was more room and of course better arrangement. Dr. J. D. E. Schmeltz, so valuable a guide on my former visit, was no longer living,’ but his son Mr. J. C. E. Schmeltz was an assistant in the museum, and the new Director, Dr. H. H. Juynboll (Fig. 39), and ‘A portrait of the late Dr. Schmeltz and a bibliography of his many con- tributions to Ethnology are published in Internationales Archiv fiir Ethno- graphie, Band xviii, Igo. [193 ] 46 Report of a Journey Around the World. Conservator H. W. Fischer did everything to facilitate the exami- nation of their many treasures. Passing through Haarlem we were fortunate enough to heara recital on the great organ :' these are given once a week by skilled organists, and it spoke well for the taste of the people of Haarlem that the large church was filled by an attentive audience. In the Museum van Kunstnijverheid (Art Industries, Fig. 41) was a good collection of the peculiar method of printing cloth known in Java as 42. RIJKSMUSEUM, AMSTERDAM. batik, which will be described when we come to Java in the course of this mission. At Haarlem there is also the Teyler’s Museum of Art and Natural History, of which the new wing (Fig. 40) faces the river Spaarne with an imposing facade. The building of these two museunis in this beautiful town shows what can be done in this line by the people of Holland, and with such examples it is strange that the Government museums in Leiden are not better housed. In Amsterdam of course the Rijksmuseum was visited with delight and profit, although no ethnological collection was there; the arrangement of Rembrandt’s Night Watch, the central attrac- 'This organ was built in 1735-38 by Christopher Muller and restored in 1868. It has 3 keyboards, 64 stops, and 5000 pipes. While no longer the largest it is still one of the finest. [194] Report of a Journey Around the World. 47 tion, has been greatly improved, and other departments, especially the architectural casts, have been made more accessible. ‘The Colonial exhibits seem to have been divided between Haarlem and Amsterdam. We turned for the ethnological collection to the garden of the Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap, ‘‘Natura Artis Magistra’’ (founded in 1838 and now 28 acres in extent). I have spoken of this very excellent institution in the heart of Amster- dam in my report of a former visit, and I need only add that the 43. THE NATIONAL MUSEUM—PRINDSENS PALAIS, COPENHAGEN. macaws or their successors still hang on either side of the principal avenue of approach; the animal houses are as well cared for, and the trees and shrubs have grown into almost a forest, in which we had some trouble in finding the ethnological museum. While this is mostly oriental we found some specimens from the Pacific, as will be noted in the sequel. In adjoining buildings we found good groups of mounted birds (water fowl, etc.), and the model houses and carts were capital. It may be added that in the grounds are fish hatcheries from which the Dutch rivers are annu- ally supplied, also a small incubator, and an aquarium. [195 J DIRECTOR. LLER, DR. SOPHUS MU 44. Report of a Journey Around the World. 49 Sunday, June 2nd, we left Amsterdam at 8 a.m., arriving at Hamburg late in the afternoon. The Ethnographic Museum had been removed from the attic where I saw it last and had a new home as well as a new Director, Professor Doctor G. Thilenius. The building was certainly imposing externally, but we only saw the contents of the former museum piled on the floors of the as yet unarranged chambers. When we visited this building we were courteously shown all that could be seen, but unfortunately for us there was some colonial congress in session in the audience hall which seemed the only finished portion of the fine building, and Dr. Thilenius was engaged: I had hoped to congratulate him on the new quarters but was disappointed. The Deutsche Gesellschaft fir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, to whom the museum belongs, was founded in 1870 and publishes Archiv fir Anthro- pologie (since 1866), Correspondenzblatt (since 1870), Prahistorische Zeitschrift (since 1909). The old building in the Stein-Tor-Wall was still occupied by the Natural History Museum, which has very large collections but at present is rather crowded. It was noteworthy for many excellences; the skeletons of the animal were often placed by the side of the mounted skin; the human skeletons of various races were of great interest, but as an exten- sive rearrangement was in progress (the museum was closed to the public) it would hardly be worth while to describe the collec- tions more fully. As might be supposed, Hamburg is well situated for a museum of natural history, and it was a matter of deep regret that we could not have seen both of these museums at their best. We found that there was now an organization by the ‘‘Freie und Hansestadt’’ Hamburg including most of the higher scientific institutions called l7ssenschaftliche Anstalten des Staates Hamburg, which took charge of the publication exchanges, and which, as I understand, has erected the building occupied in common by the chief collections of a scientific character in Hamburg. I was sorry not to have time (within open hours) to see again Dr. Justus Brinckmann and his fine collection in the Museum fir Kunst und Gewerbe. A short drive through the residential portion of this great and prosperous free city disclosed many very beautiful private residences certainly more attractive than any palaces I saw. My friend Dr. Edw. Arning, well known on these Hawaiian Islands OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VoL. V, No. 5—4. [197] 50 for his investigations on leprosy, and who had been my guide on a former visit, was unfortunately absent, but I had the pleasure of greeting his cousin, one of the most distinguished physicians of Hamburg. The Zoologische Gar- ten and Aquarium we did not have time to visit. Our passage to Copenhagen, our next halting place, was much more agreeable than it was fourteen years ago. ‘The rather uncomfort- able little ferryboat had been re- placed by a boat for our train from Warnemunde, making the passage most comfortable. We found pleas- ant quarters at the hotel, and the advance in sanitary matters was most pleasing. Of course the Nationalmuseet in the Prindsens- Palais on the Frederikholms-Canal was our Mecca, and there we found the Director, Dr. Sophus Muller, the distinguished antiquarian and ethnologist, who gave us every facility for our study of the collec- tions in his care, so that we made more than one visit to this museum. We found in the courtyard of this old palace a prehistoric tumulus and also casts of others most interesting. The green feather cape ( Fig. 46) we were especially looking for was rather disappoint- ing, as it had faded considerably since my last visit; however, we had every facility for examining the collection, and listed more care- fully than was possible on my for- mer visit the Hawaiian collection, [198 ] 7 5 Report of a Journey Around the World. 45. RUDE HAWAIIAN IMAGE. Report of a Journey Around the World. 51 which is far better than most museums can show, largely, I believe, through the contributions of Steen Bille’ and his nephew Mr. Steen A. Bille who called on us, and formerly lived on Maui. In the same building is the Danske Samling, a very interesting collection containing much from the Danish A7jokkenméiddinger, STS ss || i¢ 46. HAWAIIAN FEATHER CAPE, or ‘‘kitchen middens’’ on the Danish coast. ‘The third division contains antiquities, Egyptian, Assyrian, Etruscan, etc., not of much importance. Of course, while we were chiefly engaged in the Ethnological Museum, we did not fail to visit the grand Thorwaldsen Museum *Beretning om Corvetten Galathea. Reise omkring Jorden 1845-47. Copen- hagen, 1849-51. 3 vols. 8vo. Mapsand plates. Arrived at Honolulu Oct. 5, 1546, and left Hilo Noy. 16 of the same year. This voyage was translated into German, 2 vols. 8vo., and a portion translated into English by Mr. F. janning late of Honolulu. The Friend, Jan., 1863, et seq. L199 |] 52 Report of a Journey Around the World. and the Vor Fruekirke (my earlier visit to this collection of the great Danish sculptor’s work was late in the day and the light was dim; now it was perfect, and I enjoyed ‘‘the company of the saints’’ fully). In the museum there were too evident marks of decay about the building. I do not recall another city so endowed with a collection of the works of a native master, and Copenhagen cannot afford to allow even the appearance of neglect in this temple 47. NATIONAL MUSEUM, STOCKHOLM. of sculpture. The new building of the Ny.-Carlsberg Glyptothek near the railway station we had not time to visit, although the re- membrance was fresh of a former pleasant inspection when the munificent gift to the city was in less imposing quarters. Spring- time in these northern cities is always, to me, the best season, and we were in no hurry to leave Copenhagen where we had found so many things to interest and instruct us, but like the Ancient Mariner we were obliged to move on, and indeed the way on was very attractive; the ferry to Malmo, and the day’s journey through the lake region of Sweden was very enjoyable, and it seemed a fitting close to so pleasant a day when we came to the island city [200] Report of a Journey Around the World. 53 of Stockholm and were set down at a commodious hotel with an outlook over the harbor to the royal palace beyond. The beauty of this fine northern city was enhanced by the delightful spring weather, and the June days were at their longest—more hours of daylight for our work than either of us. had ever seen before. Per- haps the city was in gala-day attire for the approaching Olympic games, but certainly I never saw a cleaner city. While the Royal Pal- ace was right in front of our window balcony, a building of more im- portance, to us, was across the channel to the left, the National Museum. It was a short walk from the hotel, and on the way we came to the masterpiece of the Swedish sculptor J. P. Molin, a bronze group of the Baltespannare (belt duellists), where the combatants were bound 48. OSCAR MONTELIUS, DIRECTOR. together by their belts ‘ and fought out their quarrel with knives, much as the Australians of the present day fight with stone knives. The sad tale is told in four reliefs on the pedestal. A few steps beyond is the museum (Fig. 47) completed in 1866, and within the entrance stand, very appropriately the old Scandinavian gods Odin, Baldur and Thor. I do not know ofa more complete object-illustrated early history of a people than has been assembled here. ‘The present Director, Dr. Oscar Montelius, is well known through the scientific world as a most worthy suc- [201 ] Nn 4 Report of a Journey Around the World. cessor of the distinguished men who have brought together this vast collection. I found it most instructive to compare the stone work of our Pacific tribes with that of the men of the north. Our tropical men had no metal, so the comparison stopped at the Iron Age. We were greatly pleased with the picture galleries, which contain much work of the native artists; the landscape work offer- ing especial attraction. As in all the northern museumis there is 49. NORDISKA MUSEET, STOCKHOLM. perhaps less danger to the specimens from insects than to the visitors from cold, and the preparations were almost in the nature of a fortification against the powers of Ice and Frost. Another great museum is in full view from this but separated by one of the many water channels of this northern Venice. In the Djurgards Staden rises the stately Nordiska Museet, and all around are places of instruction and amusement. Open air theatres where the native dances may be seen; the Biological Museum where are native animals in instructive groups and surroundings; a Circus and other places for relaxation. Towering over all these is the Nordiska Museet, where the Scandinavian history, of which the early chapters were in the National Museum, is continued [202 | Report of a Journey Around the World. 55 through later ages. The many rooms in which are shown the home life of the peasantry and the lords of the land are most inter- esting; and we were fortunate in having an excellent guide. The great hall shown in Fig. 50, is now partly filled; the galleries on both sides contain the rooms of home life, collections of implements of both indoor and outdoor life in Scandinavia. Dr. Artur Hazelius is, I understand, the founder of most of this 50. INTERIOR OF NORDISKA MUSEET. great work. When we can, if ever, put in one building so clear and complete a story of the Polynesian civilizations—but we are perhaps too late to equal the completeness of this object lesson. In a street leading out of the Drottning-Gata, is the Geological Museum with a good collection of Swedish economic rocks. Not far from this is the Wetenskaps-Akademi, or Academy of Science, founded in 1739, of which the first director was the great Linnzus. The building contains a valuable natural history collection. Stockholm seems to be well provided with live and instructive museums. ‘The Nordiska Museet has a very complete system of disinfection, or fumigation, including a vacuum chamber, large [ 203 ] 6 Report of a Journey Around the World. on enough to enclose any ordinary furniture, and power pumps. The instalation is very complete with all the necessary gauges and conveniencies for introducing the disinfectant. Of course this is not only more effective but shortens the time of exposure: in the tropics such methods are very desirable, as it is not easy to reach termites and other deeply imbedded grubs without an unreason- ably long exposure. The Scandinavian museums are rich in material of the Stone Age, and perhaps nowhere else is this material better studied. We found nothing in the central European museums surpassing the collections here. On June rith at about the sixth hour of the afternoon we boarded the good steamer Tornea of the Finland line and began a three day’s voyage to St. Petersburg. To our aston- ishment we were hardly out of sight of land all the voyage; the granite rocks capped with pines were always on one side if not on both. A short stop at Helsingfors, but so late in the day that we did not go ashore beyond the pier. It would have been pleasant to have carried with us many of the neat and attractive things we found on that steamer! Up the canal and right into the city of Peter the Great; not the least trouble with the Customs, and we were installed in most comfortable apartments in the Hotel d’ Europe and were soon ready to partake of our first Russian meal. ‘That it required some time to get used to the new surroundings can well be imagined, but St. Petersburg is a cosmopolitan city and here, more than usual, everybody seemed ready to help strangers instead of trying to plun- der them. The city was very attractive, but our work had to be attended to and our first disappointment was to find the natural history collection connected with the University closed for the summer; later we found entrance and were greatly pleased with the collections; the deep sea specimens were especially well dis- played, both the lower forms and the great mammals. The Eth- nographic Museum was connected with the Academie Imperiale des Sciences, of which I had the honor to be a corresponding member, and I found Dr. Wilhelm Radloff, the Director of the Ethnographic-Anthropologic Museum of Peter the Great, which is one of the numerous scientific institutions connected with that great academy, ready to assist us in every way. We had been [204 ] Report of a Journey Around the World. 57 lured to this northern capital largely by the remarkable collection of Pacific specimens given by the surviving officers of Cook’s vessels to the Governor of Kamchatka in acknowledgment of his kindness in furnishing the expedition with much-needed supplies. These presents had been forwarded to the Russian Government and lost in the Government storehouses for more than a century (much as the collections of Vancouver’s expedition had been lost in England) and only two or three years ago brought to light. As I have been promised photographs of the more important ob- jects, I will say but little of this collection here, but hope to publish with other documents an account of the genuine Cook relics in this and other museums on which we have made notes in our journey. It is perhaps fitting that here, where the great navigator met his death, his memory should be recalled in an exhibit of the trophies his ships brought home and his Government allowed to be scattered through museums, both public and private, until few remain in his own country.' The Imperial Academy has many branches and museums: the Library, founded in 1728, contains 500,000 books and 13,000 MSS.; Archive Department contains the correspondence, records, and publications; a Printery; Physical Cabinet; Physiological Laboratory; Zoological Laboratory; Laboratory for Plant Anato- my and Physiology; Biological Station at Sebastopol; Seismic Laboratory; Russian Bureau of International Bibliography; Cen- tral Physical Observatory (founded in 1849), and of museums besides the Ethnographical already mentioned, Asiatic Museum; Coin Cabinet; Geological Museum of Peter the Great; Botanical Museum; Zoological Museum; all under separate directors and with full staffs of distinguished scientists. I have found nowhere so broad an organization of an academy of sciences. ‘The Zoo- logical Museum deserves a longer notice, but in brief it is divided into two parts more distinct than usual, the collection open to the public installed in two large halls, where the labels are printed in Russian and Latin, the animals found in Russia having red labels; and the scientific collection, open only to competent students. Of the remarkable specimens are the skeleton of a whale (Pa/z- * Unfortunately I neglected to make sketches of the Hawaiian things as the Director promised to send me photographs of the whole collection, as well as specimens of the many fine kapa sheets, none of which have arrived as yet. [205] 8 Report of a Journey Around the World. on noptera stbbaldit) 31 m. long; skeleton of the extinct sea cow (Rkhytima gigas); remains of the mammoth and other extinct animals including not only the skeletons but the hide and hairs and even the flesh of the mammoth well preserved in the ice of northern Siberia. The Botanical Museum contains the collections of Steller, Pallas, Gmelin, Prjevalsky and other distinguished explorers. The Ermitage, in many respects the finest art collection in the world, and one of its strong points is the absence of poor or mediocre works, was closed not only for the summer but for much- needed repairs; but, thanks to the Hon. Curtis Guild, American Minister to Russia, and to General Tolstoi, within whose province this work belonged, we were not only permitted to enter, but the gentlemen in charge, all of whom spoke French, showed us all that could be seen, even opening the covered cases and calling attention to matters we might easily have passed in the abundance of objects of great interest. The Empress Catherine was early in the field and had taste as well as money. ‘The palace of Count Stroganoff was another place where we were kindly permitted to enter and examine, what I had for many years desired to see, the Stroganoff Apollo. The Museum of Alexander IIT contained a very attractive gallery of paintings which I would often visit were I a resident of St. Petersburg. The collections at Tsarskoié-Sélo were another great enjoyment. Not less than the museums the Russian churches attract the visitor, and in costly architecture, gorgeous decoration, and impressive ceremonies of the Greek Church, both at the capital and the more distinctly Russian city Moskau, seemed to far surpass anything of the kind I have ever seen of Rome’s proudest pageants. From St. Petersburg to Moskau was a night’s journey in very comfortable sleepers. In the morning our impressions from the station to our hotel were not agreeable, for we passed through a poor part of the city, but we were not long in gaining other and far pleasanter views of this fine and picturesque city. In our hotel we were almost under the Kremlin, that wonderful aggregation of churches with polychrome roofs and gilded domes filled with mat- ters of interest from ikons to coffined Tzars. In the principal church we heard mass performed by the Archbishop of Moskau, [ 206 | ‘WOHSOW AAHZLAVINOON ais Report of a Journey Around the World. 61 and the grand music of the great choir of men and boys, unaided by instrument, was more impressive than any organ. There are no seats in Russian churches, and when I stood for more than an hour and a half in the midst of the most democratic congregation I ever saw in a church, without weariness, there must have been something in the service, of which I understood not a single word. The beautiful museum on the hill (Fig. 51), built of white marble, was one of the most imposing museum buildings we saw in any city, and the contents were worthy of the temple. As is com- mon in the Russian municipal museums archeology and ethnology are found in museums mainly devoted to painting and sculpture, and for most visitors the latter totally eclipse the former. The palaces also were museums filled often with tragic memo- ries, but the ethnology of the streets was often better worth study. Western and Oriental, high and low, passing in a way even more interesting than in the cosmopolitan crowds of Honolulu. Even the carts were more various than seen elsewhere, and an attempt to gather pictures of all these was at length abandoned as time did not allow. When we left Moskau our way was no longer comfortable and direct; we had rather crooked lines and crowded cars until we passed into Hungary, and after a fine mountain ride in the early morning came to the most beautiful city we had seen, Budapest on the banks of the Danube. Museums of art had been abundant in Russia, but our chief ethnological one was in St. Petersburg. Here in Budapest were museums of every kind from the touching Memorial Museum of the murdered Empress Elisabeth in the upper rooms of the Imperial Palace on the heights of Pest to the very complete Museum of Transportation in the park in Buda. To describe them all would require a larger volume than this report can reach, but there are two in the attractive park under one roof that come into our line, one for ethnological interest, the other for its thorough organization and completeness. The Museum of Ethnology, Fig. 52 (I omit the Magyar title), shows the Hun- garian peasant life in a way that almost takes us back to Polynesian beginnings. ‘The agricultural implements were often very primi- tive but not the less interesting on that account. Often whole rooms of country houses were presented with their occupants in [ 209 ] 62 Report of a Journey Around the World. modelled figures showing costumes cotemporary. There were also good ethnological specimens from other parts of the world. New steel cases were being installed. The Director was absent, to our regret, but we were shown all that we desired to see. The whole method was much like that in the Nordiska Museet in Stockholm. On the other side of the building was a museum we had nearly passed, but the open door gave us a glimpse of some machinery and we entered more from curiosity than in expectation of gather- ing information on museum matters. I am going to describe the contents more fully because they were so different from what we had examined hitherto, and in the end because of the complete- ness of the plan and arrangement. MUSEUM OF TRANSPORTATION, BUDAPEST. JUNE 28, 1912. This museum is well housed in the People’s Park, and per- haps owes its existence to the admirable preparation of models for one of the great expositions since 1896. It is the most complete collection of everything contributing to the work of modern trans- portation by land or water that I have ever seen, nor do I recall any collection of modern implements and processes so complete ; it is what I believe a museum should strive to be in any depart- ment. To enumerate all the exhibits (and I do not know that there is any printed catalogue, and if there were it would doubtless be in the Magyar language) would be out of the question, but it may be said that they began with the raw material, whether animal, vegetable or mineral, and presented all the important stages from the moment they were taken from the general pile and directed to their future niche as factors in the transportation problem. Here were the woods used for building cars and furniture as well as those best fitted for sleepers or ties—both in cross and longitudinal section, in the rough and polished; steel, both rolled and cast or drop-forged, among these, portion of a plate burst by pumping in cold water to a nearly empty boiler when hot; piston rods and axles bent double when cold; a driving wheel experi- mented on after twenty years use by pressing in the rim so as to bend the spokes without a crack; a rail that had been cracked badly by a dynamite explosion and yet held together while a fast train passed overit. Then there were buffers and coiled springs of [210] Report of a Journey Around the World. 63 fine finish, plate springs and couplings; bearing boxes in section to show the oiling arrangement; rails joined with fish-plates and sections of the same; all the steel pins, keys and bolts; crank arms and throttle handles; all brass castings from whistle to pet-cocks, and these in neatly cut sections when this would better show the construction. Specimens of the coals used and the oils; even of the cloths used for the employee’s uniforms, the covering of the seats, the towels in the washrooms, the carpetings for the floors; the bedding for the wagon-/7t and the curtain for the windows. In hinged glass frames were specimens of all tickets used on the Hungarian roads and diagrams of the methods of punching them. The arrangement of rails and switches, with working models of a switch opened by the passage of a train, and apparatus used to replace a derailed car; turntable with model of a locomotive to show how the table was moved, and clamped at the desired rails; another to show how the wheels were changed for a different gauge without disturbing the cars—a contrivance which seemed more simple than the cumbersome and costly contrivances used on the American roads when a shift was necessary to the former narrow gauge lines of the southern states, and vice versa. Not less important, we were shown the operation of block signals and the recording of telegrams sent; the opening and clos- ing of crossing gates from a distance, and the warning to approach- ing trains by danger signals. Of these there were many working models, all of which the obliging attendants put in operation for our instruction; older and now disused systems were also shown. Then came carefully constructed models of bridges both for rail and common roads, most of them of bridges over the Danube at Budapest, among them the fine Elisabeth bridge of single span, but the humble culverts were not omitted, and we had an oppor- tunity to see some of the actual specimens on the roads we traveled over. Too much praise cannot be given to the scale models of all the various wagons, trucks or cars, both for freight and passenger serv- ice, finished as completely and perfectly as the vehicles in actual use; and among these models should be mentioned two—one made by a young man afflicted with curvature of the spine, every minute pipe and pin in the locomotive being beautifully finished—the other by [211] 64 Report of a Journey Around the World. a shepherd lad whose ingenuity and deft handicraft shown in the little locomotive obtained for him (it is pleasant to know) a good opportunity for education for which he had proved himself so fit. Among the cars was a very complete ‘‘Pullman’’, and in the historical line a model of the first Hungarian-built locomotive. There was a fine link-motion model in working order with section of valve, valve-chest and cylinder. Models of station houses, notably the one at Fiume, and car barns and other necessary constructions. Not only specimens of the stone used for platforms and culverts, but the concrete tubings for buried electric wires, and every form of insulators of the many used; tiles used for flooring, roofs and drains in the station houses, and for the same purpose brick, terra-cotta and majolica, all of Hungarian manufacture. Not to be forgotten was a working model of a locomotive that on meeting a steep grade picked up a cable and climbed on that hold, a contrivance much cheaper than the usual ratchet. I would not pass over the various lamps, both for car lighting and signalling, all of which, both oil and electric were well represented. Farther on in the long and well-lighted hall we came to the travel by water, and here were beautiful models of the royal yacht with paddle wheels, river boats and ocean-going steamers, includ- ing the Hungarian-American liners, some of these in section to show the arrangement of decks and staterooms, etc. Models of sailing vessels full rigged and canoes from the Pacific with out- riggers. All the modern life-saving outfits were of course present. At the end of the hall under an archway was seen a beautiful model of Fiume (the national port) and its breakwater seen over the bow of an actual boat. A relief plan of the Hungarian harbor and its breakwater was also given. Docks and canal locks; shears and cranes for handling freight were not forgotten. An interesting exhibit was a plan and view of the work on the ‘‘Iron Gates’’ of the Danube, and there were working’ models of the various and curious craft used in this work from the pre- liminary measurement of the river bed, through the drilling the rock for the explosives, and the dredging and removal of the debris. Oh, if we had such a record of the building of the Pyramids, or even the more modest erection of Stonehenge! [212] . 54. INTERIOR OF AGRICULTURAL MUSEUM. 66 Report of a Journey Around the World. There is an underground railway three miles long in Budapest of which the building was fully illustrated by diagram and model. This mention gives excuse for returning on our steps and picking up some more matters as we returned to the entrance. Air-brakes, lighting methods and ventilation were all fully illustrated, and on the walls were good paintings of the mountain railways and such other matters as could best be shown in that manner. It is not pretended that this brief summary does justice to the com- pleteness and tasteful arrangement of the exhibits, but it may 55. HUNGARIAN NATIONAL MUSEUM. convey some idea of the value of such a national collection to the polytechnic student as well as to the traveling public. I am almost afraid, from the eagerness with which the attendants met our evident interest, that the attendance of visitors is not as it should be. Almost in a postscript I must mention models, of con- siderable size, of two flying machines, an Antoinette (of which we saw a specimen not much larger flying with startling noise later at Versailles) and one of Wright’s earliest machines. As Hungary is an agricultural country it was to be expected that one of the many museums would be devoted to that industry, and we were not disappointed, for in the park was what seemed a former villa converted into a museum that was certainly attractive [214] Report of a Journey Around the World. 67 if not extensive. One cannot too often take to heart the lesson that a dwelling house, whether built for peasant or prince, is not entirely suited for museum purposes, and here it was very clear, still the illustrations will show a pleasing variety of outside, even if the in- terior is not suited to an economic exhibition room. Figs. 53-54. In one of the alcoves outside is one of the charming portrait statues so abundant in this city. It is in bronze and portrays ina 56. HOFMUSEUM IN VIENNA. most comfortable, if unusual attitude a patron of agriculture in Hungary, Count Caroly. The National Museum, mainly devoted to painting and sculp- ture, but with the usual bit of archeology, is shown in Fig. 55. Its contents are worthy of the fine building. We had our choice of travel to Vienna by rail or water, and economy as well as sentiment led us to a voyage in June upon the Danube River. A night and most of the next day brought us to the canal that extends from the river to the midst of the city, and we landed on a Sunday afternoon on a quay so deserted and quiet that had it not been for an acquaintance made on the voyage, we [215] 57. DR. FRANZ HEGER. Report of a Journey Around the World. 69 should have had some trouble in finding a conveyance to the hotel. Vienna quiet on a Sunday! The trees on the Ringburgstrasse had leafed out since my last visit in the early Spring of 1896, and other changes were noticed, but the Hofmuseum was externally the same. We had met Dr. Heger in London and did not expect him here, but his assistants afforded us all needed help, and Dr. Steindachner, head of the natural history portion of the grand museum, was there and welcomed us most hospitably. In the hallway was a group of Gangetic gavials that showed the most advanced of modern taxidermy. Dr. Steindachner personally conducted us through the collec- tion. After seeing the gavials I thought the birds would be found even better treated, but we were told that they had not money to mount the birds as might be desired. A fine giraffe had a steel (or bronze?) case to himself, but the cost (about $240) was too expensive for general use. Still, all the cases were good, and the arrangement of shells on black cards with gold border very effec- tive. The Testudinata were the finest I have seen. ‘The skele- tons of fish were exquisite. The building is so fine and artistically decorated with a ceiling by Makart, among other color schemes, that I was surprised to learn that they were not rich and had not the income so large a museum needs. When the city fortifications were destroyed the land was sold and the proceeds furnished the fine halls and some other public buildings, but no fund was set aside for endowment. The Government grants are not liberal and the great number of attendants and the large staff must require much of the income. In the attic were eight cases of coral Dr. Steindachner had collected in the Red Sea; there were also several dismounted skeletons of whales. We looked into the herbarium, which is in the upper story, but there was no one to open the cases which, like the doors, were carefully locked. This herbarium contains 950,000+ sheets and 20,000+ morphological numbers. As it was about the hour for déjeuner we left the museum and in the afternoon had a long drive about town. July 4th early we were at the Ethnological Museum and went carefully through the whole. The Mexican feather work had faded since my last visit; the curious New Bri- tain musical instrument described in my last visit was labeled [217] 70 Report of a Journey Around the World. / ‘“Biulapaganey’’. Inthe Solomon Islands case was a fine wooden shield with decorations of pearl shell cut in squares and set as mosaics, the best example of several seen in museums. Among Tongan things were three good baskets, one very fine; many good combs of high reticulate form. Much good kapa (from Cook’s collection?), some of it Hawaiian. A good Hervey Islands lace mat. A Tahitian poi pounder with unusually high sides to the top.'. Rapanui had many figures of ordinary form and quality and a small carved octopus; bone tatu needles and a wooden penis six inches long, carved with open meatus and double end. New Zealand bark baskets, jade earrings, two splendid jade mere, several tiki mounted on mirror, bailer with penis handle, carved wooden coffin with bones only (noskull); carvings not noteworthy. The cases in mid room had cupboards of oak with solid doors, the upright portion of the cases had doors of metal frames, and in front of these on the cupboard a table frame case of metal, very good and effective for exhibition. Vienna contains a large number of scientific and art societies, some with museums; among these may be mentioned the Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften; Altertumsverein Anthropologische Gesellschaft; Geologische Gesellschaft; K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft (with more than 2000 members); Wiener Mineralo- gische Gesellschaft; Verein fur osterreichische Volkskunde, with a museum of 30,000+ objects; K. K. Zoologisch - Botanische Gesellschaft, with a library ef 30,000+ and herbarium of 40,000 specimens; K. K. Menagerie at Schonbrunn, with a large collection; K.K.Zentral-Anstalt fur Meteorologie und Geodynamik, with seven seismographs and 4500 observation stations (Melde-stationen); and many other scientific institutions less closely connected with our museum work. At Munich, July 6, 1912. As at Hamburg, there is here a General Konservatorium der wissenschaftlichen Sammlungen des Staates, and under this are ranged seventeen scientific societies or museums, among them the Anthropologisch-prahistorische Sammlung; Botanischer Garten und Pflanzenphysiologische In- stitut; Botanische Museum, with some 280,000 specimens and collections of fruits and woods; Ethnographisches Museum; Geo- ‘A similar one from Cook’s collection I found later at Wellington and have shown to illustrate this. [218] Report of a Journey Around the World. 71 logische Sammlung ; Mineralogische Sammlung ; Palaontologische Sammlung; Zoologische Sammlung und Zoologisches Institut; and outside of this state commission are the Mtnchener Gesell- schaft fur Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte; Geo- graphische Gesellschaft; Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Heimischen Flora. A Zoologischer Garten was founded in rg11 at Tierpark Hellabrunn. By the kindness of Dr. Walter Lehmann, Kustos of the Royal Ethnographical Museum, we visited his collection on a closed day, and were well repaid. ‘The condition of the treasures in his charge is the usual one in good live museums—crowded to the utmost capacity of the rather unsuitable halls in the Arkaden. In the Hawaiian department there was not much—a feather cape of small size and a mahiole; some poor lei niho palaoa; 10 good ohekapala; maika stones; 3 poi pounders; 8 stone adzes; 2 anklets and 3 figures, 2 about a foot long, the other about 3 feet; of these we are promised photographs.’ The Australian collection was un- usually rich in carved stone churingas, more than 70; perhaps 6 horned boomerangs and several of the large carved ones; many ceremonial shields with emu down tufts and other ornamentation. Many New Ireland chalk figures of very good quality—one a double one, male and female back to back, none of them so in- . decent as is so often the case. From Admiralty Islands a large bowl, 3 large totem poles with lizard in relief, combs of consider- able size and new design. A few Matty Island articles. A Gilbert Islands coconut fibre armor of which we are promised a photo- graph. There were remarkable specimens of pottery from the southern part of Dutch New Guinea with raised designs evidently copies of wooden carvings; one head was remarkable in having the eyes repeated in diminishing size on the other sides of the bowl. There were a number of other things in this collection, especially huge shields, entirely new to me. From the Solomon Islands was a new form of dancing flaps, and hermaphrodite figures, of which photographs were promised. A fine Maori cloak, a good Tahitian kapa beater, a lot of New Guinea pillows, good Fijian clubs, Rapanui figures, Samoan and Tongan clubs, carved Man- gaian paddles and adze handles, one of the paddles carved in a mat ‘Illustrations of these are given in the sequel, Figs. 215-217. [219] 72 Report of a Journey Around the World. pattern I had never seen before,t 2 Marquesan clubs and the head of another, 6 stilt-rests, inlaid Fijian pillow of fine quality, 2 good duk duk masks, one of braided sennit representing a bird with long open bill, 2 fern figures from Malekula. ‘There were 3 of the New Britain musical instruments, and Dr. Lehmann sounded the one his predecessor Dr. Max Buchner had sounded for me in 1896. The twin towers of the Frauen-Kirche, built before Columbus discovered the New World, were still as much a landmark as ever, but the very interesting Bavarian National Museum had been re. > ¥ Ce yD! Es aoarae a a * exer ers _~ ——— 55. THE ZWINGER, DRESDEN. transferred to new quarters in extensive buildings in the Prinz- Regenten-Strasse. For variety and interest this collection ranks among the first in Europe. Our one day in this attractive city hardly left us time to glance at the Glyptothek and the old and new Pinacothek, and early the next morning we were on the way to Dresden. The Koniglich. Zoologisches und Anthropologisch - Ethno- graphisches Museum, of which Dr. Arnold Jacobi is Director, is in the Zwinger (Fig. 58), and as the opening hour was not early we had time to look at some of the parks and gardens on our way thither. As might be expected in such an art centre the gardens *Since found in Chicago and Salem, Mass. [220 } Report of a Journey Around the World. 73 grew artistically and the ribbon gardening was the finest seen. In the Zwinger we passed through the natural history portion of the museum noting on the way a remarkable group of birds of Paradise. The good collections of the Ethnographic Museum will be listed in the sequel, but here we may mention the beautiful arrangement of the Hawaiian feather gar- ments, of which this muse- um has a choice collection, including the cloak with green feathers formerly in private hands in London. The iron case in which these are kept is most suit- able for such purpose, and I hope the Bishop Museum may later have a similar one for the better preserva- tion of her treasures in that line: drawings and speci- fications were obtained for that purpose. Perhaps the thing that attracted us most in this feather exhibit was the skilful way in which the plain illustrations of the 59. DR. ARNOLD JACOBI. Bishop Museum _ publica- tion on Hawaiian feather work had been colored and arranged in frames on the wall. It was well to see so many capes and cloaks together in their own colors as they had never been assembled before. We afterwards saw the same process used in the Dominion Museum in Wellington, N. Z., but on a much smaller scale, and it was a source of regret that the museum could not have published the original memoir with these attractive specimens of the old Hawaiian art in color. In Leipzig the south side of the Konigsplatz is mostly occupied by the Grassi Museum which was erected in 1893-96 from a bequest [221] LL Lea Hg kik f ew i i % ‘q j=] ~ bi aud i. Fe é LY a )) diexte : - - DR. KARI, 61. 76 Report of a Journey Around the World. / of Herr F. D. Grassi who died in 1880. It contains both ethno- logical and industrial art collections. A fine building, but seem- ingly too much exposed to fire from the adjoining business blocks. While central and accessible, it is unfortunate that it could not have more open space around it, for no insurance could replace the choice treasures in its cases. The portion we are most inter- ested in is the Stadtisches Museum fur Volkerkunde. In our eagerness to see this we came before our time, but spent the wait- 62. STAIRWAY IN MUSEUM. ing minutes in the adjoining market with interest, if not profit. I remember that the museum building was nearly finished but not occupied at the time of my last visit. We found one of the finest collections in Germany on exhibition. The Director, Prof. Dr. Phil. Karl Weule, and Dr. Ernst Sarfert welcomed us, and with these well-known ethnologists we arranged an exchange of speci- mens that will, we hope, be for the advantage of both museums. As Leipzig is the centre of the German Book Trade it was our desire to see the Buchhandlerhaus (Booksellers Exchange), [224] Report of a Journey Around the World. a7 where we found priced samples of the latest publications of the association and many other trade conveniences, but near by was an adjunct that was more interesting still, the Buchgewerbehaus. This is open to the public and contains, beside the museum, the fine Gutenberghalle, decorated with mural paintings by Sascha Schneider, a statue of the great printer, and busts of Senefelder the inventor of lithography, and Konig the inventor of the power press. The museum of the Book Trade started in the acquisition (in 1886), 63. MARQUESAN CARVED BOX. by the Government of Saxony, of the Klemm collection of early printing, and in this were specimens from the eighteen towns that had printing presses before 1471, and a copy of the famous Gutenberg 42-line Bible printed at Mainz, 1450-55. ‘To these are added collections and models representing the technical processes of book making—printing, illustrating, binding, a fairly complete and exceedingly instructive museum. From these arts of peace we were driven to the field of the battle of Leipzig (Oct. 16-19, 1813), that terrible slaughter in which some 450,000 men were engaged and a quarter of them were killed by the rest. ‘To commemorate this humane achievement a most imposing monument is being erected and will doubtless be ready for the centennial of the battle. [225 ] 64. BUCHGEWERBEHAUS, LEIPZIG. 65. GUTENBERGHALE. Report of a Journey Around the World. 79 Onward to Berlin where I hoped to have more time to study the great Museum ftir Volkerkunde, in which I saw so much and learned so much on my former visit. This is naturally the dépét for the collections of the frequent Government exploring expedi- tions, and I had expected to find many new things. New things there doubtless were in the museum, but—Dr. Adolf Bastian, the 66. MUSEUM FUR VOLKERKUNDE. distinguished Director who welcomed me in 1896, had passed away in the fulness of years, and my friend Dr. Felix von Luschan, then Curator of African and Polynesian Ethnology, had left the museum and taken the chair of Anthropology in the University of Berlin. I, however, met him in the rotunda of the museum and he explained that the very riches had in a degree stifled the museum: they could neither show nor exchange; the cases were packed too full to allow the contents to be studied, or, in some cases, to be seen. The prehistoric department and Dr. Schliemann’s Trojan collec- (227 ] 80 Report of a Journey Around the World. tion were still visible. It certainly is not the fault of the Govern- ment that this state of things exists, still less is it the fault of the staff. I was assured that the Government had made suitable pro- vision for a large tract and ample building not far out of town and 67. A GALLERY IN THE MEERESKUNDE MUSEUM. easily accessible, but two of the trustees objected to removing from the city, and as they could not agree the subvention was diverted to other needs until an agreement could be reached." In the Chateau of Monbijou we saw the Hohenzollern Museum, an interesting collection of personal matters and portraits from the ‘Since this was written I am informed by Dr. P. Jessen, of the Kunst- gewerbe-Museum at Berlin, the plans have been definitely agreed upon fora new museum. [228 | Report of a Journey Around the World. 81 Great Elector to the present day. At the change of guard we saw the amusing ‘‘goose step,’’ another legacy of the past. The Tiergarten has greatly changed for the better, and the Sieges- Allée has been added at the expense of the Emperor, with thirty- two statues of Prussian rulers placed on either side, and as a background to each a semicircular bench is placed, flanked at either end by the portrait busts of contemporary statesmen or warriors: the whole effect is dignified and most interesting. At Charlottenberg the palace was visited and the mausoleum. I had included Monaco in my itinerary, that I might see how near to my dream of a museum of the sea and its inhabitants the fine Oceanographic Museum of the Prince of Monaco might approach; I had already seen the Marine Station at Naples, but I had not known of the Museum fur Meereskunde in Berlin. On my former visit there was a small aquarium, but now I found a large and sufficiently inclusive museum in Georgenstrasse 34-36, provided with an excellent guide-book from which I may trans- late the explanatory introduction. The germ of this museum seems to have been the collection in the Royal Friedrich-Wilhelm Uni- versity made by Baron F. Von Richthofen in 1890. I have taken from this same guide-book several of the excellent illustrations. ‘*The object of the museum is first, by the aid of its collections, to arouse interest and to disseminate widely a knowledge of the Sea and its phenomena, then, by research, to make known the wealth of its life, and its economic value and also the national significance of commerce, navigation and naval power. ‘The size of the ocean, its chemical and physical properties and the ocean currents are illustrated by an oceanographical collection. In an especial room, the ‘Instrumentarium’, instruments are kept which are used for navigation and ocean investigation. Ina biological section the life of the sea is exhibited, and in a fisheries section is shown the economic use of sea creatures. One collection is de- voted to the History of Ship-building, Navigation, Commerce, Harbors and Life-saving apparatus from the political-economic point of view. Besides these three collections there is that of the Imperial Marine illustrating the history and development of the German navy. [229] OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, No. 5.—6. 82 Report of a Journey Around the World. ‘“Temporarily the Museum is situated at 34-36 Georgenstrasse in a building formerly used by the Chemical Institute of the University, near the Friedrichstrasse station.... The museum is not only to serve the Royal Berlin University, but above all for the education of the people. On this account we have endeavored to explain each object with detailed notices in terms easily understood ; this guide giving a general idea of the collections and the connection as a whole. A small reading room near Room VI is open to visitors. ‘““The Management of the Museum will be grateful for any suggestions and cooperation in the development and perfection of the institution.’’' The illustrations will show the general arrangement of the museum, but there are several matters shown that need perhaps a word in explanation. The beautiful model (Fig. 68) shows: ‘“The flagship ‘Kaiser Wilhelm de Grosse’ (Kaiser class) ready for sea, the boats are lashed up, the gangway up, the cable which holds the ship to the buoy can at any moment be slipped and allowed to fall, the guns are drawn in, the crew are on duty. The sister ship, ‘Kaiser Barbarossa’, on the contrary has cleared her decks for fighting, the boats are left behind in the harbor, she shows no sign of life, and only after close inspection some signal men are noticed hidden in the feuer schutz, and at the ports of the Commander’s station human heads are to be seen here and there. The guns are ready and the enemy is expected on the starboard side. The topmast flags are waving gayly in view of the enemy. The line- ship ‘Elsass’ (Braunschweig class) presents a peacefully active scene at sea. It is midday recess; officers and men are amusing themselves on that part of the upper deck etiquette allows to each. The boats lie near the forecastle, the gig at the starboard gang- way. ‘The Commander is just going down the ladder, and the officer on duty with the ‘gangway boys’ are giving him the cus- tomary salute. On the larboard side the steam launch is being lowered, and a number of men are filling the long boat, for the boatswain’s mate has just given the signal to lower this. On the starboard side diagonally from the ‘Elsass’ is a line of boats moored. They are the boats of S. M.S. ‘Worth’ (Brandenburg class) which are to be protected from the coal dust of their vessel which is *Translation by the Librarian, Miss E. B. Higgins. [230] Report of a Journey Around the World. 83 coaling. Onthe ‘Worth’ the whole crew are busy loading coal from the lighters. The ‘Worth’ holds by her own anchor, while the three other ships of the line are made fast to station buoys. Men- o-war, with flags flying, torpedo boats, sail boats, among them the sailing yacht ‘Commodore’ beating up against the wind, all make the picture as lifelike as possible. ‘‘Behind this large case, which measures 6X5 m., are models of small cruisers: the ‘Condor,’ intended only for foreign service as station ship, is unprotected, but provided with sails in case of 68. SHIPS OF THE LINE AT ANCHOR IN HARBOR. need. ‘This type is out of fashion, as are also the iron-clad cruisers ‘Irene’ and ‘Gefion’. ‘The course of development leads past these to the modern armed, fast ‘Little Cruisers’ represented by the model ‘Niobe’. In this ship collection the Av7sos (despatch boats) are no longer in use; there are several models of them at one side behind the Little Cruisers. Their place is now taken by the Little Cruisers and the Torpedo boats.’’ The models of fishing craft are as complete, if not so numer- ous, as the war department exhibits. One shows the fishing smack on the glassy surface of the supposed water, and the drag-net [231] 84 Report of a Journey Around the World. spread on the bottom awaiting its prey. Nets, traps, lines and hooks in many forms for many uses.. The model of a portion of Hamburg harbor is wonderfully constructed on a scale of 1 to 100. (Fig. 69.) It was made by W. Albrecht. An accompanying map of the whole harbor shows what a small portion of the whole is represented in the model. At my previous visit I was much inter- ested in the works then in construction in the Hamburg harbor, 69. MODEL, OF HAMBURG HARBOR (PART). and the portion shown in the model includes the wharfage of the Hamburg-American line. In the biological section is shown a portion of a coral reef from the shore of the Red Sea near the Sinaitic peninsula (Fig. 70); other fine specimens of coral, shell, casts of fish (the last mostly of sharks and similar fish, and not so well colored as our own specimens) occupy the cases and the walls above. Surely when a suitable building is provided this oceanographic museum may well lead the world. ‘The mere handbook is a brochure of 152 octavo pages, and I have given but the briefest sketch of what in full would fill a portly volume. [232] Report of a Journey Around the World. 85 x Other museums in Berlin are numerous, but we had no time to push our studies farther as we greatly wished; even the very attractive Kunstgewerbe Museum, enjoyed on a former visit, must be passed by, for our rather tyrannical ‘‘schedule’’ ordered us to leave on the morning of July 15th for Cologne, where we arrived about four in the afternoon, and found cur Hotel Dom in the shadow of the cathedral, which seemed quite the same after an absence 70. CORAI, REEF ON SINAI SHORE, RED SEA. of forty-six years. Allover Europe these grand landmarks remain nearly unchanged in the midst of strenuous improvement, or at least inncvation. The remnant of the day was spent in getting our bearings about the city and communicating with the Director of the new Rautenstrauch-Joest Museum, Dr. Willy Foy, who, with his assistant, Dr. Graebner, received us the next morning most cordially and showed us the treasures in their charge. ‘This museum has a society (Verein zur Forderung des stadtischen Rautenstrauch-Joest Museums fiir Volkerkunde), of which the President is Dr. C. Joest, to assist in various ways, especially by [233] 71. RAUTENSTRAUCH-JOEST MUSEUM. 72. INTERIOR STAIRWAY. 73. UPPER STAIRWAY. 74- AFRICAN HALL, RAUTENSTRAUCH-JOEST MUSEUM. 88 Report of a Journey Around the World. publishing the /ahresbericht, I-IV (1904-1907), and Ethnologica, I (1909). From the latter publication I have taken by permission the views I shall give to show the building and its arrangement of cases, in many ways the best we saw on this journey. The building (Fig. 71) is plain but dignified and well suited to its purpose, and the museum is well fitted to give instruction not only by its exhibits, but by their arrangement and installation. As everywhere in new museums the excellent steel cases are used, and the direction has been liberal in giving illustrations and details of all these so that their colleagues may readily profit by their experience. So far as I could see these cases are giving full satisfaction, and I know are being adopted by other museums where old wooden cases are laid aside. (See Budapest, Sydney, etc.) The hall containing the African collection is shown in Fig. 74, and it will be noticed that the cases are all free from the floor and easily moved if a change of position is desired. The floors are all tile or concrete and of excellent surface; the columns plain, but not to the extent of ugliness, the ceiling is high and the light excellent. The conveniences for reading or notetaking are pro- vided, and there is room for central cases when such are needed. Electric light is provided in case the museum should be opened in the evening. The good collection from the Bismarck Archi- pelago (Fig. 75) is well shown, and the method of dividing the case by cloth partitions stretched on T-iron frames and easily removable. As will be seen, there is no lack of shelving (of glass in many museums), and these are as readily removable. Many specimens are suspended from the top of the case; others, as spears and paddles, are attached directly to the partition. It is often awkward, in arrangement of specimens, to have the partition in the structural middie of the case, and the method used here obviates all this. The doors are sufficient and easily opened; in the New Caledonia collection (Fig. 76) the case is shown with doors open, and the convenient litte jacks should be noticed, as they are needed to sustain the great weight of the plate glass doors, the casing being of the smallest possible section to avoid unnecessary obstruc- tion of vision. Note also in Fig. 76 the labelling of the case and the neat arrangement for supporting spears which do not require case protection. Other such objects are attached to the bare wall. [236] a ‘OOW THA LHOUV MOUVNSIA mp OE 4 | a HAL WOU NOILOW TION wy ™ Neukaledonien Rs eR RE eT COLLECTION. MICRONESIAN ™ 92 Report of a Journey Around the World. When we came to window cases, we found both here and at Dresden very admirable examples which cannot easily be surpassed for convenience of storing or exhibiting any small specimens; these will be described below, but first I would call attention to the tree standing cases shown in Fig. 78, which are easily moved and are especially adapted for central spaces in halls. Another example will be shown in the account of the Australian Museum 78. EXAMPLES OF FREE STANDING CASES. in Sydney. The number of specimens such cases can hold is astonishing, and of course they are well fitted for groups such as are shown in the Bishop Museum. These cases are 3.50 m. high, and the central one is 6.50 m. long. The number of small speci- mens such cases will hold and sufficiently display is well shown in the illustration. Of course the cases can be made of any size to suit particular locations, but in building a new hall it would be wise to arrange for cases of nearly uniform size to permit of rear- rangement of any special group of specimens. Now as to the smaller table cases, often called window cases, but which would be convenient cases for a picture gallery around the walls, or in double row back to back down the centre ofa hall. [240] Report of a Journey Around the World. 93 As will be seen in Figs. 79-81 these are made either with sub- closets for storage, or completely open. Fig. 79 shows the former open, that the very convenient interior may be studied. In all these the heavy glass top is balanced so that there is no trouble in opening or keeping open atany degree. Insome cases the balance is by weight at the back or in the legs, but it would seem more convenient to have a strong spring coiled as in the familiar window 7s ER ai an ee Ja — —= 79. TABLE CASE WITH SUBCLOSET. shades, or on the camera stands common in America; but whatever method is used, the cases and their convenience will appeal to any museum manager, apart from all question of cost, and the improved methods of manufacture and consequent increased Cemand have greatly reduced that. Another question confronted me as to the locks; I believe a more convenient and better lock is made in this country than any I saw in Europe, but the American lock is prob- ably more costly. All these cases that I have studied in conti- nental museums, are made principally in Dresden, Frankfurt and Leipzig, but work of equal quality, if not of so artistic design is made in the United States, especially in New York, for the many [241] ye sy 80. TABLE CASE, OPEN. SI. TABLE CASE CLOSED Report of a Journey Around the World. 9 On new libraries springing up over the country, where every article of furniture is of steel well enamelled, and not only fire-proof but, what is of more importance to us, insect-proof. From Cologne our way led by boat down the Rhine to Mayence and thence by rail to Frankfurt am Main where we were seeking the museum of the Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesell- schaft, of which I have the honor of being a corresponding member. Also the Stadtisches Volkerkunde Museum. The former museum 82. SENCKENBERGISCHE MUSEUM. has not merely a fine new building, but also a very extensive and well arranged collection of natural history which we could profit- ably have studied longer than our time permitted. The latter we found in the former Thurn und Taxissches Palace. It was founded by HR. Dr. Bernard Hagen in 1904 by the cooperation of the Anthropological Society of Frankfurt and the State, and Dr. Hagen isthe Director. In his absence Consul Francis C. A. Sarg, his honorary deputy, was very obliging in showing us the collec- tion, which, although not large, yet contains some choice speci- mens, as may be seen by the illustration of the Maori carved box, Fig.86. Doubtless in a city soabounding in scientific societies and wealthy and educated inhabitants this museum should considerably expand. Its present palace of the Prince of Thurn and Taxis, [243] Report of a Journey Around the World. Peet ea: 83. VOLKERKUNDE MUSEUM ENTRANCE. as may be seen in the illustration, is not well suited to museum purposes. The cases, however, contain many choice things, As will be seen in the lists in the latter part of this report, a very good representative collection is on the shelves. The collection of stone churingas from Australia is very large: a few years ago there were no such specimens in any museum in Australia, let [244] Report of a Journey Around the World. 97 alone Europe, and now there are hundreds. I have no good rea- son for doubting the authenticity of these stones, but the preva- lence of counterfeiting in other matters of ethnology causes some uneasiness when one notices such a sudden and enormous increase in these comparatively easily imitated stones. Later I found them equally abundant in the Australian museums. The Palm Garden of this: city surpassed any we had seen in the facility with which 84. INNER HALL. one can pass through and examine the many beautiful conserva- tories. Many if not most glass houses are crowded with plants, and there is hardly passage for the gardeners, but here the houses radiate from a central rotunda and visitors pass down one wide path and up another so as to easily see the whole without danger to the plants or discomfort to the visitor. Except at Dresden we saw no better ribbon bedding in the open gardens. On the 19th July we left Frankfurt and the same evening we arrived in a through car at Paris. With our usual good luck the Sunday we were in Paris was the day for the monthly Grand Laux at Versailles, and I had an opportunity to compare the crowds OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, No. 5—7. [245] ‘OUVS "NIN UNV NHOVH "Nd ‘Sg Report of a Journey Around the World. 99 with those I had seen on similar occasions in 1866 under Napoleon, and in 1872 under Thiers. It seemed to me that the difference was very great; it was no longer ez /éte as formerly, but only like any crowd of tourists. Another innovation, not unacceptable, was the aviation field near by where we saw nearly every form of aeroplane in practice, and the horrible noise of the motors was 86. MAORI BOX AND LID. disturbing to novices; we had already seen from the train one of the German balloon-suspended passenger airships (Count Zeppelin) passing over our heads. The interesting ethnological collection formerly in the J/usée de Marine at the Louvre had been removed to other exhibition halls, and later we found some of the specimens at the Trocadero. Others may have gone to the museum at the Jardin des Plantes, but we were unfortunate in finding that museum closed, and the Director who had succeeded to Dr. Hamy, who, on a former visit to the old museum was my guide, was away on his vacation. At the earlier visit in 1896 the new museum building was nearly complete (247 ] 100 Report of a Journey Around the World. 88. PARIS MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, GROUND FLOOR. and some of the collections had been already transferred, but the cast of the Hottentot ‘‘Venus’”’ still gathered its crowds, and enough remained to arouse great interest; so it was with no little dis- appointment that we turned away from the closed doors of the new museum, and we fared no better when we came to the botanical collection, which contains among other treasures the plants col- lected on the Hawaiian Islands by M. Jules Rémy, as that was also closed and no one could be found to open it on that day. [248] Report of a Journey Around the World. IOI The gallery of anatomy is perhaps even more crowded than that of the Museum of the College of Surgeons in London (Fig. 25), and, like that, rather confuses by itsabundance. Ihave no good views, but Figs. 87-88 will give some idea of the arrangement and riches. The first is the upper hall, the second the ground floor. In the paleontology gallery (which could only be visited on Tuesdays from 1 to 4 P.M.) isacast of the Diflodocus given by Mr. Carnegie. The gallery containing birds is also very full of choice specimens not always well mounted. This has led a cynic to remark that $89. THE TROCADERO, FROM THE EIFEL TOWER. the prettiest specimens in the gallery are seen on the hats of the lady visitors. The Sevres offered little of interest after those of Frankfurt, and the botanical garden, owing perhaps to the season, was no longer attractive. We had paid no great attention to the open days of museums, partly because the guide-books are not always reliable, unless of very recent date, but mainly because we knew that the directors were always ready to accommodate us in our rather hurried arrange- ments; but in France we could not always find the directors, and all I had met on my former visit were dead or had removed, so that our visit to France was far from satisfactory. In the Trocadero we did get in after waiting very profitably and pleasantly in the architectural gallery an hour or two (both are not open at the same time, perhaps for economy of janitor (249] 102 Report of a Journey Around the World. service), and when at last we entered, expecting to find the Poly- nesian exhibit arranged in cases after the latest fashion in the most scientific order, we found—well, certainly we were disap- pointed. Perhaps we expected too much after the German muse- ums. It will be well to explain the arrangement of the interior of the Trocadero (Fig. 89) before going farther. The huge dome, flanked by two towers, covers various offices and a large auditorium or Salle des Fetes containing a fine organ and seating capacity for 6000 auditors. In the illustration the wing extending to the right contains the architectural museum and the Cambodgian collec- tion, while the corresponding wing on the left is devoted to the ethnographical collections. The room containing the Polynesian objects (most of which were packed away in 1896) was rather dark and crowded, but we found many choice things. Among these was the first pair of Marquesan stilts with the original sticks (the specimen in the British Museum has smooth modern substitutes); a good inlaid shield from Solomon Islands; four especially good carved paddles from Mangaia; a two-headed figure from Easter Island; the New Caledonian display was good, but the specimens from the eastern French colonies, the Marquesas and Society Islands, were few and not remarkable; the more noteworthy are to be found in the lists in the latter part of this report. The trophy style of arrangement of clubs that was so inconvenient for study in the old J/usée de Marine has been adopted here also, so no cata- logue of objects thus displayed can easily be made. ‘The arrange- ment of one of the rooms seemed well, if unintentionally, described in a popular guide-book from which I will quote all that relates to Oceania in the upper story: ‘“‘Arms of all kinds: Polynesian stone arms: lances, arrows, bows, shields; headdresses, clothes, wicker-work, wood and iron, rudely wrought, models of pirogues of huts, statues of gods, goc- desses, idols, fetiches of the gods Bouddha, Siva, Singha, etc.; busts of natives, dressed figures of Australians (man and woman), of Mabris [Maoris?], of natives of the Marquesas isles, woman printing the tapa. In the middle of the hall on the deft, dancing scene (Negritos of the Andaman isles). On the s7ght: Negritos of the State of Pérak (Malay peninsula); large glass case of Java objects. On one side: marionettes [Wajang]; 02 the other, theatri- [250] Report of a Journey Around the World. 103 calcostumes. Ox the right: sarcophagus in carved wood (New Zealand). /nx front: stern, prow, and figurehead of a New Zealand war canoe.’’ The punctuation, if a little puzzling, is abundant; the italics are of the original. It seems hard to say that the arrangement of the room is fairly described. The Hall of America is much better, and the Hall of the French Provinces is quite interesting, with figures, dress and utensils. go. MUSEE GUIMET. The Hotel des Invalides has its museum, but the different portion® are rather hard to find as they are sometimes moved and removed, but we at last came upon the costumed savages we were in search of, and the ethnology of the show was remarkable as it was fourteen yearsago. ‘The feathers had faded and nearly disappeared from the Hawaiian war cloak and helmet; a Gilbert Islander, called New Caledonian, was holding a Fijian spear; there were two New Caledonian short handled adzes and a greenstone disk club (neither of these war implements). It was not to be wondered at that the attendants showed little or no interest in the show. The Musée Guimet (Fig. 90) is of quite a different character though not far distant. Its province is the religions of the East, Japan and China chiefly, and the collection of ceramics given in [251] 104 Report of a Journey Around the World. 1886 by M. Guimet of Lyons is worth a visit even if one is not especially interested in oriental religions. The publications of this museum are voluminous and valuable. I was anxious to see whether there would be anything touching upon the religion of Polynesians, and although there was little in the way of images or paintings that was near of kin to the Pacific Islands Worship, I was well repaid for my visit.' The Musée Carnavalet is most interesting for the history of Paris, but as I had seen it before, I passed it by, as also the Con- QI. PALAIS LONGCHAMPS. servatoire des Arts et Métiers, for want of time. ‘The Hotel de Cluny has always appealed to me since my first visit, now nearly fifty years ago, and I did not pass it by this time. ™ Leaving Paris, we arrived at Marseilles, where we spent the 27th of July. One lesson the Marseilles museums teach, and it is an important lesson, that besides good architecture, the surround- ings are important. ‘The mosque of Sultan Hassan in Cairo is one of the gems of Saracenic architecture, but half its beauty is lost buried in the surrounding hovels. It is not merely the danger "While the Musée Guimet was founded in Lyon in 1878, after its presenta- tion to the state it was removed to Paris. M. Emile Guimet during his travels in China and Japan collected much in both countries. From Japan alone he brought 300 Kakemonoes of a religious nature, 600 idols, and 1000 volumes of religious matter. This material is given to the world in two peri- odical publications—Anmnales du Musée Guimet and Revue de UVhistorte des religions. [252] Report of a Journey Around the World. 105 J : 4 5 from fire that calls for plenty of open space; nor even the need of light, it is the frame of the picture. I think no one will dispute with me that the people of the ancient city of Marseilles have not only fine buildings, but they are beautifully framed. The Palais Longchamp (Fig. 91) contains not only a fine museum of natural history (and Marseiiles is a port to which many such specimens come), but also the civic art gallery. Both are open free every day, except Mondays and Fridays, from 9 to 12 and | 92. CHATEAU BORELY ARCHAOLOGICAL MUSEUM. from 2 to 4 in winter, and 5insummer. A beatiful park contains the Chateau Borély (Fig. 92) in which is the civic archzological museum. Right in the city it affords a delightful promenade to those who are not attracted by the interest of the collections ex- hibited in the museum. Surely Marseilles is to be congratulated on these two institutions. On July 28th we were in Monte Carlo early in the afternoon. At that season this usually gay town was as quiet as a New Eng- land town on Sunday. Shops were closed for the season, and the hotels seemed empty, but the gardens were as beautiful as if crowds were there to admire them, and the glimpses of the Mediterranean prepared us for the Oceanographic Museum at Monaco which was the object of our visit to this part of France. It was visible from our hotel at Monte Carlo and early Monday morning we drove to that marble palace. [253] | a : ‘ SSR __ |RR | Report of a Journey Around the World. 107 Much has been written about this beautiful museum, and one need not here attempt to go very fully into its history, which is perhaps known to every museum curator who will read this report; but for the benefit of the few others into whose hands this account may come the following extract from the account of Dr. J. Richard in his Notice provisotre some notes of the foundation may be given. April 25, 1899, under the patronage of H. M. the Emperor of Germany, the corner stone was laid. Those who have seen the limited space unoccupied in Monaco will appreciate the difficulty of finding a site for any large building that should be sufficient in size and convenient of access, for ‘‘the first idea of the Prince was to found an establishment to contain and utilize the collections, more especially zoological, the fruit of his scientific expeditions since 1885 in the Wivondelle and the Princesse-Alice. But in course of time a broader idea came to the Prince, explained by the title Musée océanographigue. "That is to say, that the new museum should not merely be a home for the collections and instrumenta- tion of the Prince, but should provide for housing everything which in a general way, is connected with oceanography.’’' The illustration (Fig. 93) will show the fine facade rising from the normal level of the cliff abutting on the sea, while on the water side the substructure goes down in the middle two stories to nearly the sea level. The emplacement wasa triumph of the distinguished architect M. Delefortrie. The central hall, from which open on either side exhibition rooms, is shown in Fig. 94. ‘The dimen- sions of the building are as follows: the central portion is 20 m. Square, and from this on either side extend wings 4o m. long and 15 m. wide; the monolith columns decorating the first story are 8m. high and weigh 16,000 kilo.; those supporting the front pediment are 12™70 high. The motifs de decoration are animals of the deep ° sea (Geryon, Polycheles, Orophorhynchus, fishes, etc.), especially around the entrance on the avenue St. Martin, while on the summit are an albatross and eagle of gigantic size. On either side of the central front window are allegoric groups from the chisel of the | "It may be noted that the Prince also founded in Paris an institution for the study of oceanography, well endowed and provided with learned teachers, and distinguished trustees. Also while in Paris I learned that the Marquise Arconati-Visconti had given the University of Paris 4,20,0C0 with which to found an institution of geography, and this is to be adjoining the former institute. [255] reesei 4 Me TAO rere pod - eee ; Report of a Journey Around the World. 109 sculptor M. Dussart. These groups, which are 8 m. high, repre- sent Truth unveiling to Science the forces of the world, and Pro- gress coming to the aid of Humanity. The building is surmounted by an attic rising 77™90 above the sea, and bounding an immense terrace 15 m. wide and 100 m. long. A smaller terrace crowns the tower-like front which rises 82™07, and on this opens a room devoted to meteorological obser- vations. The museum is entirely of stone from Turbie, a sec- ondary limestone with a grain resembling lithographic stone, except the columns of the facade and the interior, which come from Brescia, but are of similar material. Even the door at the entrance is a work of art in forged iron, but so long as it does not keep us outside we pass it by to walk over a mosaic floor in the midst of which is the image of the yacht Princesse-Alice in which so much has been gathered. Mosaic fishes, waves, cephalopods, hint strongly to the visitor of the nature of the place—sermons in stones! On either side are stairways to the floor above; on the right the porter with photographs for sale, on the left a stairway to the basement which we used later, and passing a large glazed door we entered what the French like to call a ‘‘grand salon d’honneur’’ (Fig. 94), a square apartment 18X18 m. and 7m. high. The appearance is well shown in the illustration, but the artificial lighting (which we did not have the pleasure of seeing) deserves a description, for in the centre hangs a huge crystal Medusa, and in the corners crystal globes armed with long spikes—charming enlargements of microscope marine organisms of the group Radiolaria—all these designed by M. Constant Roux. The statue of the Prince, by M. D. Puech of the Institut, nobly presides. He is represented standing on the bridge of his yacht scanning the horizon. This was a gift by subscription of sovereigns and exalted personages of various countries. On either side of the pedestal are bronze bas-reliefs by the sculptor, one representing the chase of the whale, the other the reception of a capture of smaller game on the deck. As we turn from the image of our noble host we see on the one side and the other through large glazed doors set in carved wood frames, into a large hall 38 m. long and 13™70 wide, and [257] Report of a Journey Around the World. BEI these doors can be folded back making one of the three halls as occasion may require. Several scientific congresses have been held here where this arrangement proved most convenient. The hall on the west (Fig. 97) is devoted to conferences, lectures and other reunions. Its walls are paneled: the caissons of the ceiling, richly decorated, are adorned with six paintings, by M. Hippolyte Lucas, of scenes relating to the sea; the smaller lateral panels have designs of marine life fitting in well with the general decoration. The wall at the end of the hall is nearly covered with a canvas by M. Monchablon, representing the favorite yacht on a deep blue sea. The windows are provided with both white and black curtains to admit or obscure light as may be required for lantern projections, and for this purpose an electric current is furnished by a transformer using the public alternating current and delivering 90-100 amperes under 110-120 volts. The eastern hall ( Fig. 95) is occupied by zoological specimens, especially those brought back by the Prince on his many expedi- tions: these have been studied by specialists and have yielded such information as they may to science. Here are fish from the depths; one, a Pseudotriacis, which is almost 3 m. long, was cap- tured by palancre nearly 1500 m. down; other fish have been brought up from a depth of 6000 m. Four campaigns in the polar seas as far as 80° N. have furnished many specimens of arctic fauna to compare with the inhabitants of the Mediterranean, Azores, coast of Portugal, etc. The most important groups in the collections are fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and echinoderms. Among the familiar objects was a reproduction (from the Paris Museum) of J/esoplodon bidens, of which we have a good skeleton in the Bishop Museum, and also one of another species of this southern Pacific whale.' Not of less interest are the instruments used in this explor- ation of the sea. A fine series of diapositives explains still farther the work oftheexplorers. Labels are generally in French, German and English, and sufficiently full to give much information to the student, if too long to be read to any extent by the casual visitor. Ascending to the first floor we find another square hall from which open others, as on the floor below, but here the ceiling rises *See Occasional Papers, Vol. I, Director’s Annual Report for 1891, a figure of YW. grayi. [259] Sener! pegenens cee eeeey eee! Pr “pat Report of a Journey Around the World. Lr to a greater height so that the large lateral halls support light iron galleries (shown in Fig. 95) provided with cases for alcoholic and other preserves. In the square hall the object first attracting attention is a whaleboat fully armed with line, gun-harpoon, hand- harpoon, lances and all tools needed for the capture of whales. This strongly recalled to me the earlier days when Honolulu had every winter its fleet of whalers, and these boats were very com- mon; and this memory we in the Bishop Museum are preserving in a collection of these same tools obtained in New Bedford and elsewhere, for they are now unknown in the Hawalian group. In this room are revolving cases stocked with historical photo- graphs of all the Prince’s cruises, and much material pertaining to oceanology. ‘The cases in this museum are of metal, as in all modern museums of importance. The hall on the east (Fig. 95) has all that concerns physical and chemical oceanography; apparatus for sounding, dredging and fishing. The collection of the latter implements is continually growing, and as yet has little or nothing of the fisheries of primi- tive peoples—the ethnographic side. Ifthe Bishop Museum could bring together (as it can with time and means) such a collection of Pacific fishing implements as Monaco has of European, especially French nets, hooks, traps, etc., it might prove even more interest- ing. Models of fish-traps and nets and artificial fish-ponds of the Pacific groups, such as our Mr. J. F. G. Stokes has for some time been studying and collecting in specimen, picture or model, would be both interesting and instructive, for the fashions in. these are changing almost as fast in the Pacific as the fashions in dress and speech. Of course, beside the fishing implements are series of the things caught, whether for mere ornament, as the pearl, or for food as fish, mussels, etc. This collection has a broad field. Not only are there engines so purely scientific that the ordinary visitor has no idea of how they are used or why, but those clearly industrial, that many as they pass could give name to without consulting label or guide. MHere are the deep sea closing net devised by the Prince, of Professor Fowler, those of Nansen, Schmidt, Hensen, and various nets and apparatus used by different expeditions to collect the microscopic plankton of the surface, in intermediate OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, No. 5—8. [ 261 | “WAIMOLIGN¥ Bi » My Mf iy ca piacnersanene SAE tN tg ad res ee NORE RERE SE RERE BE Oe Sige Bie “ees Report of a Journey Around the World. 115 x depths and far down, or to collect the fry of edible fish for stocking tanks or for fish culture. Before a visitor has finished his journey through these public halls of exhibition he must appreciate the need of the institute in Paris for instruction in all these interesting and wonderful things, and we turn, with a sigh that we know so little of all these matters, to the basements ( Fig. 98), not a part of the public exhibition, where 98. THE MUSEUM FROM THE SEA. are the offices of the Director and his associates, the photographing room, the laboratories for examining and preparing specimens, whether the microscopic plankton or the gigantic whale; all are here in use, even a huge vat for macerating a good size cetacean. There are the many aquaria for students and experimentation, all well arranged and provided with fresh or salt water, the latter pumped from a clear pool at the base of the cliff, on which the museum stands, by an electric engine placed outside the main building. ‘There are of course side entrances for bringing or removing specimens, and students can come directly to their rooms [263 ] 116 Report of a Journey Around the World. without passing through the exhibition halls. All seems to be prepared for the use and comfort of students, and doubtless many avail themselves of the grand opportunity. Even four chambers are built on the face of the cliff for the accommodation of persons who come to the museum for original research on marine subjects. Here, as in other museums, are two distinct collections, one for exhibition, the other for study. The Institute Océanographique of Paris now owns all the Monaco museum and its dependencies, the Prince having, in 1896, given it with a foundation of four million francs for its perpetual maintenance. It is recognized (as is the French custom) by the Government as a public utility, but is otherwise independent. The administrative direction belongs to a council of administration, the scientific direction to a Comité de Perfectionnement, a body of most distinguished scientists, including the Director and our countryman, and friend of this Museum, the late Alexander Agassiz, whose father, Louis Agassiz, was my honored instructor at Harvard; the son was a valued friend from those days until his lamented death. Tuesday, 30th July, we left Monte Carlo in the morning and, after changing time and also wasting it at Vintimille, passed into Italy, arriving at Genoa at 5:20 in the afternoon. ‘The statue of Columbus met us as we left the station. ‘The next day was spent partly resting in a private garden and partly on duty in the municipil museum. We took train for Rome August rst, passing through Pisa, where we had a good view of the leaning tower, arriving in Rome late in the afternoon, making our headquarters at the Hotel Regina. So far as ethnological museums were concerned our visit was unproductive, for owing to the summer vacation of the Collegio Romano the museum was closed. This was visited on a former journey and found to contain a large amount of valuable material collected mainly by the Roman missionaries, but without much scientific arrangement, so we were the more anxious to see if mod- ern methods had been adopted here. We were unable to find any responsible persons in charge, and the caretakers were not willing to take on themselves any responsibility. The Museo Kircheriano, which is under the same roof, is mainly archeological and Etruscan. [264] — Ter” Report of a Journey Around the World. i 87) There were improvements in the arrangement of some of the sculptures of the Vatican galleries, but certain of the minor details both here and at the Lateran were simply disgusting; fortunately the wave of indecency had not extended to the Capitoline, nor to the other museunis in control of the Italian Government. There seemed great advance in sanitary matters in Rome, and the streets were cleaner than I had ever before seen them; but the very growth and prosperity of the city, especially the erection of huge commonplace apartment houses, has taken away much of the oldcharm. Owing tothe Tiber embankment improvement we had to climb down through a back yard to get a glimpse of the good masonry of the Cloaca maxima, one of our schoolboy wonders. Certainly the improved access to some of the hilltops gives fine views over the city, but the picturesque ruins have mostly been hidden by pretentious modern buildings such as one can see in almost any European city. We were unseasonable visitors to Rome, and were disappointed, although the weather was charming. The beautiful villa Aurelia on the Janiculum, which has recently become the home of the American Academy here, was the subject of a pleasant visit, and we even crawled through a portion of the Catacombs for the first (and I hope the last) time, although we got some good out of the underground journey by the guidance of an intelligent and interesting young monk, from whom we learned more about the saints and martyrs than we expected. Onto Naples, an afternoon journey, and we reached my former resting place, Hotel Parker’s, on August 6th. ‘The view over the bay from our window, though beautiful, was not quite what it was in 1896, for then Vesuvius was in quiet eruption, and the column of smoke by day and the red eye lower down watching the city by night gave a quality now wanting from the shattered and sleeping summit of the volcano. An early visit was paid to the far-famed Zoological Station founded by the late Dr. Anton Dohrn. ‘This was visited with sad- ness, for the remembrance of the kind reception that distinguished man gave ine in 1896, and the interest he expressed in my plans for a similar institution in Honolulu, which he declared was per- haps the best place in the world for such an institution, made his loss more keenly felt. We found, however, a gentleman who was [ 265 ] 118 Report of a Journey Around the \World. Dr. Dohrn’s assistant at the time of a former visit and who remem- bered well the interest the Director felt in the project, and he also showed us the great growth the Station had experienced in the interval. The ‘‘Acquario’’ was as interesting as ever, and we saw fishes that had been there some years before my last visit. The ordinary aquarium is replete with gaudy or curious marine animals 99. VESUVIUS FROM POMPEII. that attract the uneducated visitor, but here are the scientifically interesting denizens of the sea, studied and cared for intelligently so that their life is not hindered but fostered and prolonged so that they display their habits and powers as at home. A very intelli- gent assistant showed us both the workrooms and the museum, which contained, as was to be expected, fine preparations of marine animals. He had himself prepared admirable electrotypes of small snakes and lizards. The Museo Nazionale was certainly much improved in arrange- ment and accessibility, but the collection of papyri I wished to show to my companion was closed to everybody owing to repairs [ 266 ] Report of a Journey Around the World. 119 or changes in the room where these were kept. The collection of Pompeian and Herculanean household utensils did not seem so large or attractive as on my last visit, but a forenoon in Pompeii with a competent guide made up any deficiency. More excavations, and a much better system of repairs and protection than were visible at either of my former visits made the ancient city more attractive. A picture taken by Mr. Wilson from the second story of one of the houses (Fig. 99) shows well the altered outline of Vesuvius from 100. WVESUVIUS OBSERVATORY. that side since the last eruption. That view was a strong incen- tive to the ascent we made in the afternoon. ‘Thanks to the greater conveniences of travel both can be easily done the same day. VESUVIUS. When I saw Vesuvius in 1896 the volcano was in a state of quiet eruption, and at night the red eye where the molten lava issued without explosive action from the side of the mountain looked down over the Bay of Naples with a weird effect quite fascinating to one seeing it for the first time. By day the ascent was interrupted by the stream covering the carriage road, and recourse was had to saddle horses whose path when crossing the slowly moving stream was covered with earth or cinder, which [ 267 | 120 Report of a Journey Around the World. each morning was carried down stream, to be constantly renewed. At the top of the then existing cone, overtopping considerably the ancient Somma, was a plain on one side of which was the funnel- shaped opening down whose throat nothing could be seen but much heard of the troubled lava. The floor around this pit sounded hollow, and the stream of lava flowing out below seemed nearly on a level with the thumping noises within. Today, since the last eruption, all has changed. ‘The top of the cone has disappeared and the truncated summit is occupied by a crater (Fig. ro2) much like those left in Halemaumau, of Kilauea, after a descent of the lava. A difference is in the erosion of the Vesuvian walls by heavy downpours of rain. Very slight signs of life remain in this crater; a few feeble jets of steam from the upper walls, hardly noticeable until one’s attention is called to them. ‘The old funicular railway was destroyed, and the lava flow divided on the ridge where the observatory is situated, send- ing its rough streams on either side with a warning that another such invasion would overwhelm the useful building. With their usual energy Thos. Cook & Son have repaired the damages done to their transportation facilities, and now an electric railway is nearly finished from a station on the road to Pompeii, continued by a new funicular to the summit whence a good path, evidently requiring constant repair when the rains fall on the loose soil, leads around in easy grade the final ascent of the crater rim. Looking across towards Somma the latter crater rim appears higher and more commanding than from the higher cone as it was before the last eruption. It is an easy and much pleasanter ascent than before. Although the day was warm in Naples we had hardly passed through the vineyards where the grapes were coloring, when we caught the cool breezes that were playing around the summit. As the object of our visit to Naples was principally to see Mr. F. A. Perret, and to visit Dr. G. Mercalli the Director of the observatory, we now rejoiced to find the latter at his post amid the extensive repairs necessitated by the violence of.the late erup- tion, when the brave observers kept there in spite of the lava flows which certainly threatened the obliteration of their stronghold, and the showers of hot ash and sand, not unmixed with masses of larger size which fell upon them until it seemed an almost even chance whether stream or shower would accomplish their destruction. [ 268 } ay hy ae 9 Ar. Es & ¢ oI te ~~ E ‘ 1ol, DR, G. MERCALLI. “LH adad ‘TI6I ‘SOIANSHA FO WHLVAO “COL Report of a Journey Around the World. 123 xu Dr. Mercalli received us most cordially, and after calling attention to the copy of the Museum publication ‘‘Kilauea and Mauna Loa’”’ upon his desk, which he assured us he highly valued, took us over the workrooms and showed, among other treasures, the first seismograph made by his predecessor, also bombs from not only Vesuvius but also from Kilauea. Our time was limited, as the train was obligingly waiting for us; the greater part of the building was obstructed by staging and workmen, but we were able to gather a few matters that might be of use in the Kilauea observatory, should that desirable institution be established.’ Later we procured for the Bishop Museum the series of lantern slides made by Chevalier Perret illustrating the late volcanic ac- tivity here and in the neighboring volcanoes. It is interesting to note that, with the present quiescent state of Vesuvius, Etna and Stromboli seem striving for precedence. While we were in Naples Stromboli, usually so regular since History took note of its work, and which was seen on my previous visit ejecting its lava with the regularity of clockwork, burst into violent eruption, threatening the inhabitants who find a home on the narrow shores around its base. Mr. Perret hastened to the scene, as he had fortold the probable occurrence. Etna has for some time been in activity, but not dangerously. It is very fortunate that so admirable and intrepid an observer should be on hand to photograph and record these new manifestations of volcanic activity. Mr. Perret informed me that the collection of volcanic specimens he had undertaken to make for this museum was wellin hand. It was a matter of deep regret that the rigidity of our travel arrangements did not permit me to accompany him to Stromboli, but we shall doubtless have the results of his observation later. We left Naples August rith by rail for Brindisi. The route by boat from Naples would have been pleasanter, as we should have passed near Stromboli and through the Strait of Messina, having a glimpse of that earthquake-shaken region; but time was an object, and the Peninsular and Oriental steamer Osiris was a fast boat as well as comfortable. We saw many an olive orchard *On my return I learned that the Massachusetts Institute of Technology had established an observatory at Kilauea for five years with a most accom- plished Director from the staff of that institution, Dr. T. A. Jaggar. My visit so far as the observatory went was therefore unnecessary. [271] er TO CONSULT THE SPHINX. ON CAMELS 103. Report of a Journey Around the World. 12 on as the train went rather slowly on through a region the favorite haunt of earthquakes which have left many a distinct mark. Brindisi had grown greatly in size since my first visit in 1866, but not in beauty, so far as could be seen, for it was nearly dark when we left the train and our boat departed at midnight. Ithaca was seen in the distance as we passed on, and we went so near to Zante and Cephalonia that we could almost count the stakes in the vine- yards where grapes were growing to later become currants. Our arrival at Port Said was early on the morning of the third day, and we were able to take the morning train for Cairo. The track lay through a rather interesting part of the Delta, and as we rolled southward the mud-built villages became closer and more interest- ing, and we were almost sorry when we came to our last station. Shepheard’s Hotel could offer us a choice of rooms, and many of the other houses were closed for the summer. We found, how- ever, that the weather was most comfortable, and the few days spent in Cairo were most agreeably spent. It was a needed rest after the rush of Europe, and after we had done our duty at the Boulac Museum we thoroughly enjoyed the city. Of course we went to the Pyramids, but not in the old way. In 1866 we had to get things arranged the day before and then start early in the morning ou donkeyback, pick our way to the Nile, be ferried over on a scow, then wind our way on a narrow path between the fields, and at last get tothe Pyramids late inthe forenoon. We of course took our lunch with us, and after a climb to the summit of Cheops, an la dive into the interior, we sat on the lower courses and eat our food; then it was a tiresome ride back to town and the day was finished. At present one takes a barouche or an automobile at the hotel, and an hour’s drive on an excellent road over the fine Nile bridge, through the thriving suburb of Ghizeh, then on a long, straight road shaded with lebbek trees and watered with hydrants, with houses or cultivated fields on either side, brings one to the very foot of the great Pyramid, while close at hand isa modern hotel with electric lights, running water and a swimming bath, and this on the very edge of the great desert! As the Nile was rising fast the cotton growers were cutting the partly ripened crop to save what they could; it was interesting to see how fast the water rose, and the people hope for ten feet more. This rise of (273] 126 Report of a Journey Around the World. the Nile took us to the Nilometer, and we found that modern science had put upa far simpler but more exact meter near by on the island shore. Not far from the traditional site of the finding of the infant Moses is the old Ptolemaic meter, still doing its intended work. The new Egyptian Museum is a distinct disappointment. Egyptian collections are apt to be rather disorderly, whatever country they are in, and here we looked for a fair story of Egypt’s growth and civilization illustrated with authentic objects—we could not even find a papyrus, for the keeper was away and nota common specimen left outside the safe! We could learn more about Egypt in the British Museum, or in Turin, or in Leyden. We foolishly imagined that in such a vast museum, with sucha wealth of material, an architectural student could see the various columns devised by the old Egyptian architect side by side, at least in cast for comparison; no such thing. ‘The visitor must make his own chronological comparison by painful study of labels, sometimes misplaced. "The small rooms of the former Gizeh palace had some advantage in the grouping of things that belong together. The art of Egypt was left in the hands of the French, while the wise Englishman carefully took the government into his own hands. Frenchmen were believed to be, as a rule, of an artistic tempera- ment, but surely those who had charge of the arrangement and decoration of this great museum were exceptions to the supposed rule. When a red syenite statue is placed against a background of Pompeian red, either the decorators or the director must be crit1- cised. Although the building isa new one some of the stone floors are in ruins already, doubtless owing to careless moving of the very massive statues, and yet one cannot help thinking that proper pre- cautions would have availed for the protection of the floor. We have so many museums throughout Europe and America where scientific arrangement is wedded toa true artistic taste that when one comes upon a museum of a different quality the contrast seems more important than perhaps it should. Perchance this greatest of Egyptian collections will some day pay a little tribute to beauty while offering so much to science. The Khedivial Museum showed won- drous beauty in some of the manuscript copies of the Koran. The obelisk at Heliopolis, the sole remaining relic of the an- cient temple of the Sun, where Potiphera, priest of On and better known to us as father-in-law of Moses, once officiated, we found [274] Report of a Journey Around the World. 127 =f) had at last been cleaned of the crust of mudwasp nests that con- cealed much of one side, and a railing around it shows that the Government that has done so much for modern Egypt has taken this most ancient of obelisks now remaining 77 sz/w under its pro- tection and care. The neighborhood has not improved in appear- ance, although the evidences of land speculation are not wanting, and perhaps in another decade there will be a rising suburb here as well as on the western side of Cairo. The Empress Eugenie has built a nunnery near the well of the sun, and the famous syca- 104. COLOMBO MUSEUM. more of the virgin is now a wretched ruin, thanks to the raids of tourists, and, although hardly two centuries old, seems near its end. Turning from the ancient life to the most modern thing, we found, as we passed through the canal on the ‘‘Macedonia’’ on our way to Colombo, the process of widening the waterway most interest- ing. ‘The last time journeying this way we were blocked for many hours by a small steamer getting fast and hard across the canal. From the placid voyage inland we proceeded into a rather rough sea in the Indian Ocean after we left Aden, so that it was no easy thing to walk the decks as much as we needed for exercise ; we two were the only passengers who didthiseach day. All were glad when we came within the breakwater at Colombo on August 31st. In a rickshaw, of which the motive power was a Chinese, we rode out of the town to the museum (Fig. 104) which has been greatly enlarged and improved since my last visit. Here we saw [275] 128 Report of a Journey Around the World. for the first time the so-called leaf insect alive and feeding. Much of the Cingalese archzeology is well exhibited here (there is a convenient handbook), and the natural history department was a great attraction; the marine zoology was well represented, and we saw many fish that ought to be well cast and painted. Allthe attendants, both native and foreign, did all that was needed to make our short visit profitable. At this port we transhipped to the 105. RAFFLES MUSEUM AND LIBRARY. ‘‘Devanha’’ of the same line bound to Singapore, the ‘‘Macedonia”’ continuing her voyage to West Australia. The two vessels lay some distance apart and when we went ashore we intended to re- turn to the other vessel, but we hardly expected to find that in the interval our bedroom steward had moved all our numerous traps and had arranged them in our new quarters as he had seen that we liked to have them. Late in the afternoon we were on our way to the Straits, and our voyage was uneventful until we reached Penang, where we were joined by Mr. Clifford B. Thompson, for- merly of the staff of the Kamehameha Schools, now manager of a rubber plantation in Perak, who brought us choice fruits—durian, rambutan, mangosteen and a number of others we had never be- [276] Report of a Journey Around the World. 129 fore tasted, and did not even know by name. He also showed us much of great interest to dwellers in the tropics. The next day we were in Singapore where we remained a week awaiting a steamer for Batavia, and here we were met by Mr. W. S. Cookson, also a Or oy aa ee te, < = 4 106. ENTRANCE HALL OF THE MUSEUM. formerly a teacher in the Kamehameha Schools, and now Mr. Thompson’s colleague in Perak. Mr. Cookson took me a motor drive through portions of the island of Singapore, giving a very fair idea of the environs, stop- ping at the Raffles Museum and Library, Fig. 105, which certainly was a surprise; it is not so well known as it should be to all oriental students. Another day we visited the Botanical Garden. When OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, No. 5.—9. [277] 130 Report of a Journey Around the World. I came to this port in 1866 on board the ‘‘Clara Morse’’, a good ship with a good master, I was taken to the garden as the thing most likely to interest me; and it certainly did; it was the first tropical botanical garden I had ever seen, and I well remember a fine jackfruit tree (A7focarpus integrifolia) standing near the en- trance; I looked in vain for it now; it isnot a very long-lived tree, and other interesting trees had taken its place; driveways had in the same way taken the place of the paths formerly existing, and we were Philistine enough to wish the old paths back even if we should have to leave the motor outside. Before it was Nature (and tropical at that) almost unadorned, but now it was both adorned and dressed up, and the very interesting rubber planta- tions with the accompanying sheds gave a commercial tone not wholly agreeable. However, Mr. Thompson’s explanation of the whole process of tapping and collecting the milk-sap was not only instructive but pleasant, and I picked up a few of the many seeds scattered on the ground, which were considerably larger than ours on Hawaii of the same genus, and brought them home for experi- ment. ‘The orchid growths in the open ground were fine. To return to the Raffles Museum, as we did the next day, the name is most appropriate, commemorating as it does one of the most remarkable Englishmen that ever made a mark in the East Indies. As to the aim of a part of this museum I am to quote from the guide to the zoological collections, which is well illustrated, and makes one wish that the ethnological part was also done in the same way: _ ‘“The zoological collections of the Raffles Museum are practi- cally restricted to the Malay region, so that this book, besides being a ‘Guide to the Museum’, is a popular introduction to the study of the Malay fauna. In fact, it would have been more correct to entitle the book an Introduction to the study of the Fauna of the Malay region as illustrated by the specimens in the Raffles Museum, especially as no attempt has been made in its pages actually to guide the visitor from case to case and shelf to shelf. The visitor is expected to use his eyes, and if here and there he should experience a little difficulty in finding a particular bird or insect, he will also, when successful, partake of the joy of the numerous collectors who brought the specimens together. [278] 107. GROUP OF TROPIC BIRDS. 108. HALL OF THE RAFFLES MUSEUM. 132 Report of a Journey Around the World, ‘Of the visitors to this museum the vast majority are unfortu- nately not acquainted with the English language. This ‘Guide’ will therefore mainly reach the Singapore European resident, the passenger and the Singapore schoolboy. ‘The first with his scanty leisure, and the second with his short hours on shore cannot be expected to pay more than a hasty visit to the museum; but the case is different with the Singapore schoolboy, and it is hoped that the book will be welcome to him and that he will make ample use of it. Of recent years the number of schoolboys who have been going round the galleries notebook in hand, has been steadily in- creasing, and this has always been a pleasing sight. The writer would be fully rewarded for the trouble of compiling the following pages, if this ‘Guide’ should be their constant companion on their future visits to the museum.’’ The situation as to visitors is exactly the same as in our own museum, but there the parallel ends. The Hawaiian fauna is so small and incomplete that no course in zoology could be illus- trated by the native specimens, while the Malay fauna, so far as representative species go is all-embracing. On Hawaii, too, the teachers are supposed (indeed are required) to accompany the pupils. To show how the material in the Singapore museum is disposed for teaching purposes Figs. 107 and 108 are given. The first exhibits a bird of which species are known throughout the Pacific, but our birds nest on rock ledges if possible, while these from Christmas Island have adopted the habit of woodpeckers; they are certainly well arranged as in the best museums. The second shows mainly the skeleton of a whale, and the guide-book describes it in this interesting way: ‘‘The museum possesses the skeleton of the Great Indian Fin Whale or Ikan paus (Lalenoptera indica). ‘This whale was left stranded at a place called Sabatu, about 18 miles to the south of Malacca town, on June 19, 1892. A pagar* was built around it to prevent its getting back at high tide, and the poor beast took a week to die, making a great noise for three days. Its voice was said to have resembled that of a bull. Nothing was done with the blubber, but the Hon’ble D. F. A. Hervey, Resident Councillor of. Malacca at that time, caused the skeleton to be prepared and to be conveyed to Singapore. Owing *Or stockade. [280] Report of a Journey Around the World. I Ww to lack of space it could only be mounted last year (1907), after the new building had beenopened. ‘The skeleton measures 42 feet. So it is apparently not that of a full-grown specimen, as this species is stated to attain a length of 80 to co feet, 7. ¢., the size of the Balenoptera sibbaldi of northern seas, the largest of all known I0o9. DR. R. HANITSCH, PH.D. animals, living or extinct. Fin whales are not much hunted, as they yield only a little blubber and their whalebone is of an in- ferior quality.’’ Dr. Hanitsch, the Director, was very obliging and helped us to see many of the treasures in his charge. As at Colombo, here the rickshaws are manned by Chinese, whose muscular development is very satisfactory, as it is strongly in evidence, quite unconcealed by superfluous clothing, directly f : | | 2517 | 134 Report of a Journey Around the World. before one as he rides. We were told, however, that the exertion and irregular work shortened the lives of these fine looking fellows. On the Dutch steamer ‘‘Coen’’ we steamed for Java, and for the first time had our full experience of Dutch cu7zs/ve, which cer- tainly did not agree with me, although I afterwards got accustomed IIo. RICKSHAW IN SINGAPORE. to it, as to so many other strange dietaries. The voyage was pleasant and we passed between Biliton and Banka stopping for a consignment of tin ingots. As we approached the landing at Tand- jong Priok early in the morning we passed between much shipping, mostly Dutch, and our ship’s boat had no easy task to find a land- ing place near the custom house and railway station, and the passengers had to climb in a most undignified manner under ropes and over stagings until at last the rather dirty street was reached. [282 ] TII. A CANAL, IN THE OLD TOWN. II2. BUSINESS STREET IN BATAVIA, 136 Report of a Journey Around the World. We had no fire arms, so the luggage was passed without trouble, as it is everywhere except in the c7vz/ized United States, and after a short delay the train started for Batavia. At the Hotel des Indes we learned that it was a race week and there was not a room to be had; still worse, cholera, small-pox and bubonic plague were rife and many were dying daily. I do not know that one could have a choice of dying by any one of this terrible trio. So we at once returned to the old town, went to the excellent tourist office, where our route was planned for us and our time allotted to good advan- tage, found a bank open and drew our Dutch money, called on the American minister resident, and took train for Buitenzorg where we slept that night in comfort. One need not suppose because we cut our visit in Batavia short that we saw little of the town. We saw the Dutch dwell- ings and their accompanying canals; we found the Commissioner of Immigration a gentleman pleasant to meet on a journey ina foreign land; he told us that most of the old regulations regarding travel had been done away, and at once repaid us the fifty guilders we had been wrongfully charged when we bought our tickets in Singapore, the agent there being ignorant of the new order of things. We found to our astonishment that white clothes could be washed clean in very muddy water, and so inferred that it was not in vain that the children and women were bathing in the dirtiest water I ever saw used forthat purpose. We found later that most of the Javanese streams were decidedly mud carriers. "The museum was closed and we had no time to hunt up the officer in charge, but in the grounds around were very many images and other stone sculptures, among them the rare rectangular lingams showing clearly the transition tothe obelisk. ‘The contents of this museum are of great beauty and interest; much of the product of excava- tions is here exhibited. Buitenzorg is less than an hour from Batavia and some 600 feet above the sea. From the back of our hotel we looked upon a charming bit of the tropics (Fig. 113), Gunung Salak, a quiescent volcano, with its shattered crater often veiled in cloud, as in the photograph, green to its very top, the stream in the valley below evidently the favorite bathing place of the families that dwelt on its banks under the palms; the variety of greens in the foliage not [284] Report of a Journey Around the World. roa so great as on Hawaii, but still sufficient ; the bits of bambu houses playing at ‘‘hide and seek’’ on the edge of the forest, made a most attractive scene. We were nearer the volcano than we had been to Vesuvius when at Naples, and it was easy to see that at some not very distant past it had ejected considerable layers of ash that we could measure in the gorge below us. In front of the hotel II3. VIEW OF GUNUNG SALAK FROM HOTEL BELLEVUE. lay the famous garden, //ortus Bogorensis, founded in 1817 and now the largest inthe world. No wonder that the trees look fresh, for the average of rainy days in the year is 219. ‘The garden is so little known on these Hawaiian Islands, where of all places there should be a similar institution, that it may be permitted here to give a more detailed description of its history and arrangement; and for this we are indebted to Dr. J. C. Koningsberger, the Director, to whom I am also indebted for personal guidance through the garden and for many seeds since sent to me which are already growing in the U. S. Experiment Station, thanks to [285] 138 Report of a Journey Around the World. the care of Mr.C. J. Hunn. ‘The quotation is from the published guide by Dr. J. J. Smith. ‘“The botanical garden at Buitenzorg, which until 1904 officially bore the name of s’ Lands Plantentuin (Government Botanical Gardens), and is still commonly so called, was founded in 1817, in compliance with an order of the Dutch Government, by C. G. E. II4. DRIVEWAY THROUGH FERNS, BUITENZORG. Reinwardt, formerly a professor in Amsterdam. Reinwardt, after remaining for about five years in the Indies, was succeeded as director of ’s Lands Plantentuin by Dr. C. L. Blume. Although this savant had already returned to the Netherlands in 1826, he still found the opportunity, it is to be said by making use of manu- scripts left behind by the two young botanists, H. Kuhl and J. C. van Hasselt, to describe a very great number of new species of plants, and, moreover, compiled the first catalogue of the garden, * in which he already described g12 species.' *Blume, Car. Lud. Flora Javae nec non Insularumadjacentium. 4 vols. fol. Lugdunum Batayorum, 1828-36. [ 286} Report of a Journey Around the World. 139 ‘“‘In the period following the departure of Blume (1826 to 1868) the regular development of the garden was made difficult by all sorts of retrenchments, as, for instance, the non-filling-up the post of director. Still much important work was done during this time, of which the chief was the classification of the plants accord- 115. CANARIUM AVENUE, BUITENZORG. ing to their natural affinities, from the carrying out of which system the garden still derives a part of itsimportance. ‘Then several little gardens were laid out at different altitudes on Mt. Gede for such plants as could not stand the warm climate of Buitenzorg, of which gardens at present only that of Tjibodas, lying at 1450 m. above the sea level, still exists. “The names of those who come into [287] 140 Report of a Journey Around the World. prominence at this time are J. KE. Teysmann, J. K. Hasskarl and S. Binnendijk. ‘Tn 1868 a director of ’s Lands Plantentuin was again appointed, viz., Dr. R. C. Scheffer, and a complete reorganization of the arrangements took place, by which further prosperity was assured. ‘Through Scheffer, by the laying out of the economic garden at Tjikeumeuh and the establishment of an agricultural school, the first departure was made in the direction which was eventually 116. FOUNTAIN IN THE GARDEN, BUITENZORG. to lead to the present Department of Agriculture. Scheffer died in 1880, and was succeeded by Dr. M. Treub, a man of exceptional scientific distinction, who, moreover, had the command of similar talent for organization, and great energy coupled with correspond- ing skill. The progress made by ’s Lands Plantentuin under his direction was indeed astonishing. Not only were the existing institutions, such as the botanical garden proper, herbarium, studio for photographic and other reproduction, library, etc., enlarged, but, partly with pecuniary assistance from private individuals, a number of new laboratories, experimental stations and museums were built, wherein investigations concerning all branches of [288 ] Report of a Journey Around the World. 141 natural science, of special importance to Indian agriculture take place. Moreover, teaching institutions, etc., were added to the institute.. The so-called foreigners’ laboratory deserves special notice. It is arranged according to the newest demands of science, and, abundantly provided with all the necessaries, is always at the free disposal of foreign naturalists. ‘Thus ’s Lands Plantentuin, instead of a simple botanical garden, gradually became a scientific centre of which the old botanical garden was the nucleus. Only one more step was needed to bring forth from this arrangement, together with the other branches of official service coming into notice for it, the Depart- ment of Agriculture. At its establishment, in 1905, Professor Dr. M. Treub was made first director. The botanical garden proper forms at present one of the divisions of the department. ‘The botanical garden is situated at an elevation of 265 m. above the sea level. In accordance with the very misty and warm climate the plant growth is exceptionally luxuriant. It covers an area of 58 hectares (143.32 acres), of which the greater part is planted with arborescent growth, which take a preponderating place in tropical flora. A special part of the garden is reserved for the climbing plants from a practical point of view. Further- more, special places are laid out for shrubs, herbs, water-plants, ferns, orchids, Bromeliaceae and shade-loving growth, while in conclusion the nurseries deserve mention alcng with a few con- servatories for foliage plants and orchids. ‘In order to easily find the plants represented in the garden they are all numbered, while the sections in which they are planted, and which are mostly bounded by the paths, are indicated by Roman numbers and letters. “It is an accepted rule that the larger plants, principally trees and shrubs, should be represented by two examples; in this way the loss of a species is practically obviated. The second example bears the same number as the first, but with the addition of A. Moreover all species are provided with labels, while there are name-posts painted red for plants which for some reason or other are outside the section destined for their natural family.’’ I am tempted to quote from my own notebook, as Buitenzorg was our first real station in Java. After an afternoon tea with some friends in Weltvreden we took the 4:58 train for Buitenzorg [289 ] 142 Report of a Journey Around the World. where we arrived long after dark owing to a very feeble engine which repeatedly gave out. The unlighted cars' gave us some trouble to find our traps, but the coolies could apparently see in the dark, and we were soon driving to the Bellevue where we had secured rooms. As the first thing we needed was a bath, it was pleasant to find that, in addition to the usual tank for pouring water, there was a powerful douche of clear cold water which we both enjoyed greatly. Dinner was at 8, and the tables were decorated with coreopsis and roses; for fruit the everlasting dry pineapples (we found none so good as the Hawaiian all round the world) and pisang ; water from a well, and good withice. House and grounds lighted with self-making gas (mantle) lights, very good when the boy had once lighted them; marble floors, and good large beds with the comfortable ‘‘Dutch wives’’. The night was cool and a blanket was desirable. Sunday, Sept. 15. Upearly; another refreshing bath anda walk about the place before breakfast. The volcano Salak (Fig. 113), close behind the hotel, is a typical cone with the apex torn off for the crater, of which the edge is much broken away towards us; clouds about the summit. ‘Tile-roofed bambu houses in the coconut groves below us and a small river where natives were busy on the banks. After breakfast we walked to the garden; on the way a small museum was open, but the great crowd of natives made it too disagreeable to enter, and we passed by for the time. On the opposite side of the street was the range of new Government buildings for the Agricultural Department. At the garden gate was a most beautiful Amherstia with scarlet blossoms in profusion; then came a long avenue of buttressed Canxarium trees clothed with freycinetia, Pothos, Monstera, Phyllodendron,ete. (Fig.115.) Onthe right was the small white temple, sacred to the memory of the wife of Sir Thos. Stamford Raffles who died herein 1814. All the impor- tant trees were labelled, but in a script not easily read. Water was abundant in lakes, pools and streams, but the vegetation was far from luxuriant; it seemed as if it had been studied to death, and left on me the impression of herbarium specimens. Surprised at the number of species of /veycinefia; none so beautiful as ours; the leaves of the J/onstera were small, not a quarter of the size of some in my Honolulu garden. After several hours we returned ‘Trains in Java do not run at night, and so the cars have no provision for lighting. [ 290 ] Report of a Journey Around the World. 143 ro) to the hotel for tiffin, dreadful with a ‘‘rice table’’ and ten or more contributions to it, each a little more pungent than mustard or cayenne pepper, which required a suitable rest after it. Then with a carriage and friends we drove through the garden and to the experimental grounds, which were most interesting ; various crops, including coffee, india-rubber and tobacco, were growing finely. By the roadside we got some mangoes, large, but poor and turpen- tiney, and which had insects inside, in the stone itself; these pests were common; jackfruit wasalso forsale. Inthe evening, rain. Monday. Fresh and beautiful in the morning, and we visited the Zoological Museum we had not been able to squeeze into yes- terday. Just within the doorway was a large cage with beautiful long green tree snakes which had just shed their skins ; the strength of their muscles was shown by the horizontal extension of their bodies at least two feet, the tail holding toa branch. ‘There were also living leaf insects and walking sticks in considerable numbers. The preserved snakes were fine, especially some bright blue ones said to be very poisonous. A lizard of great size from Flores is new, and reminds one of the prehistoric reptiles.‘ Monkeys galore anda fine group of Paradisiae. Man was not forgotten, and there was a good sized collection of crania and face casts. ‘The collec- tion is largely due to the present director, and is confined to the Dutch Indies. We went to call on Dr. Koningsberger and got separated; I found Dr. Koningsberger and with him visited the Economic Museum where the rattans, bambus and other woods, fibres, rubbers and other vegetable products, bambu hats and mats, etc., were very choice and interesting. The herbarium had a good, although rather old, collection of fruits, some exceedingly ‘In The Field of July 12, Mr. Boulenger directs attention to the descrip- tion, by Mr. P. A. Ouwensin the Bulletin du Jardin Potanique de Buitenzorg for 1912, of a gigantic monitor lizard from the Isle of Comodo, between Flores and Sumbawa. The type specimen, described as l‘avanus komodensis, meas- ured 7 ft. in length, but a second example is reported to have reached 13 ft., and there are stories of others with a length of from 1g ft. to 23 ft. The species appeares to be related tothe North Australian Il’, g7ganteus, which grows to 7 or 8 ft., but it has the muzzle less pointed and brown in colour, while the tail is proportionally shorter, That this giant of its tribe is dis- tinct from all the other living representatives of its genus is certain; but Mr. Boulenger suggests that it may prove to be inseparable from I’. priscus, of the Pleistocene of Queensland, the vertebrae of which appear to indicate a reptile at least as large as the biggest reported individuals of the Comodo monitor. (Nature, July 24, 1913.) [291 ] 144 Report of a Journey Around the World. curious. The herbarium proper was contained in japanned tin cases in the gallery; the specimens thoroughly poisoned with mer- curic bichloride, damp being the worst enemy here. We walked through the garden, especially the wild part, and saw many rare things. Lrownia and Amherstia were in blossom and we were promised seeds. A tiny white water lily was blossoming for the first time here. Congea velutina was a curious twining shrub, re- 117. LAKE AND GOVERNOR’S RESIDENCE. minding one of Petraca volubilis, common in our gardens, but with flowers of an Indian pirk. The white Antigonon leptcpus was growing in several places and was called ‘‘Honolulu vine’. Saw many fine growing Zingiberaceae, Caladiums and Marantas; water in ginger flower-heads is secreted by the plant, although one new form of great size has the scales cup-shaped and open; a fig tree had a small white fruit all over the trunk. We went to the laboratory and to the printing office where all their work is done, even the lithographic printing, the stones of the latter prepared by natives; make their zincos and half-tones; [292 ] Report of a Journey Around the World. 145 gas engine runs press. We came back to the Zoological Museum and there at last found our lost secretary. Quite a package of letters in the director’s office awaiting us. In the afternoon two friends drove with us through the native town, and we were all impressed with the good roads and the neat comfortable homes of the natives. Stones with ancient inscrip- tions were an object of worship in a wayside house; it seemed to 118. SAMPLE OF ROADSIDE VIEWS. be not the inscription (which probably none of the worshippers could read), but the antiquity. Wooden gongs much like the Fijian /a/i were suspended by the side of small, rectangular, open houses, and we were informed they were to call the people to auc- tions or any other public gatherings. Lantana, Verbesina and Crotalaria were as common roadside weeds as in Hawaii. Our road lay by a rapid river in which were many bathers; house walls and fences of bambu, often woven in fancy patterns as in Fiji; fruit trees in every yard; children plenty, clothes scarce; scoop- nets drying on some house wal's. There was a well-built dam OCCASIONAL PAPERS B.P.B.M. VOL. V, NO. 5—I!0. [293] 146 Report of a Journey Around the World. and gateway across the river to reguiate the floods; over this a narrow suspension bridge which we crossed and found very un- stable in the middle. Home just in time to escape a tropical down- pour which lasted into the evening. Tuesday, Sept. 17. Up in the dark, breakfasted and took train for Bandoeng. Had the first-class compartment (for eight persons) to ourselves and were very comfortable with blinds and IIg. FISH POND NEAR GAROET. dust screens at the windows; also rattan seats. Scenery was charming all the way (see Fig. 118). Rice plots of every size and shape to suit the situation, and the crops were in all stages of growth. One or two tobacco fields which did not look well, but the main cultivation was rice. Volcanoes on every side, their summits mostly veiled in cloud. No change of cars, and arrived at Bandoeng for tiffin. We had hoped to make an ascent of a vol- cano from here, but as we could get no carriage, and Mr. Wilson was under the weather, we decided to leave the next day at Ir. We changed cars at Tjibatoe; from this little station it was uphill all the way, but we arrived at Garoet at 1:37 (2200 ft.), and [294] Report of a Journey Around the World. 147 found a mandoer waiting for us at the station. Our trunk and other luggage was put in a heavy cart manned by coolies and we walked a short distance to the Hotel Papandajan (A. Hacks), and 120. BAMBU ANKLONG. found a capital room on the front corner reserved for us. Early the next morning we drove to Lake Bagindas where we got a good view of Gunung Guntoer (Thunder Mountain), and also heard an orchestra of bambu anklongs (Fig. 120), which was not only novel [295] 148 Report of a Journey Around the \Vorld. but attractive, and we were glad to have another orchestra of small boys come to our porch and play for us almost every day we remained. ‘The instrument is simple and well shown in the figure, and there are ten in a set sounding as many o¢taves. It is held by the two smaller sticks on the left hand and each player has one, making his note by a skilful shake which produces a very clear sound, almost bird-like. The little fellows seemed well pleased with ten cents (Dutch) in compensation for several tunes and a dance. The roads were good and along the side were numerous bambu receptacles for road metal, about 2x 4x2 feet, and rather fragile, judging by the number broken; they were all numbered and the weave of the basket work varied; the convenient supply of repair material perhaps accounted for the absence of holes and ruts in the roadbed. ‘The rice fields were connected, where a stream parted them, by hollowed stems of palm trees, and we saw one of these convenient troughs being adzed out by the roadside; all the chips were carefully collected for firewood. Garoet is surrounded by volcanoes, and the views on all sides were charming, although often dimmed by mist and cloud; several of the volcanoes were very conical, but all covered with vegetation to the top; some of the larger ones reminded me of the mountains back of Honolulu. Rice, as hitherto, was in all stages and many fields were bare. Ducks of a fawn color were very abundant, and goats were sufficiently in evidence to supply the neighbors with milk. All along the road were restaurants of varied size and pro- vision not very tempting to a foreigner. The previous afternoon we had been visited by numerous sellers of curiosities carved from buffalo horn, of no especial use or artistic value, sarongs, krisses and finely woven hats, some double, ani cigarette cases. Best of all were the ten little boys with ank- longs who serenaded us, when each in turn handed his ‘‘harp’’ to his neighbor and danced in front in imitation of the female dancer— a very funny show! ‘Today the peddlers of all sorts of goods came, proving to us that, although we beat down the prices outrageously, we evidently had paid too much. Sept. 19. The first rainy morning we have had in Java: a gentle rain that has laid the dust and promises to continue. We have already found a part of our furnishing that we could not appreciate at first—our room boy. He comes and goes barefooted [296] Report of a Journey Around the World, 149 and noiseless, but does his work very thoroughly, quickly and well, and he understands some English too. I go into the apart- ment and there is nothing on the table in the porch: a few minutes later I come out and the tray with my tea is there, although I have heard no sound; our bath towels are constantly renewed, a custom apparently not common in this: part of the world; our shoes are taken out and in a very short time are returnedin order. He will deserve his tip! Our dhobie came for clothes in the morning, and the second night brought them back well washed and ironed for ten cents (Dutch) a piece, whether coat, shirt or necktie. In front of the hotel is a fine Avaucarza,; the borders of the road are of white Zephyranthes,; begonias grow well, and so does Bignonia venusta which is in blossom now. In the gardens near- by we saw mangosteens both of the red and orange varieties, but we saw none for sale, nor did we have them on the table. Men carry grass or other fodder much as the old Hawaiians carried grass, but have a bearing-bambu with light legs at each end which they cover with their burden, and when they needa rest these legs keep the load off the ground (often wet or dirty), and they hold the bearing-stick at a convenient height for the bearer to slip his shoulder under. The universal use of bambu is remarkable. ‘The sides of houses as well as the frames, the doorsteps, fences, aqueducts, hats, baskets, chicken-coops, lad- ders, fish-traps, floors even of bridges, carpets, and many other instances where with us wood or plaster would be preferred. The general means of personal transportation is by ‘‘dos a dos’’, a sort of two-wheeler with a broad seat, on the front half of which the driver sits, serving also as a balance weight, while his passen- gers occupy the rear half using the tail-board as a foot rest; in wet or sunny weather a top and curtains afford some protection, but these vehicles are not comfortable for long travel. ‘The little ponies are brisk, strong and good-natured, generally stallions. Another pony can be attached alongside the first by means of an iron rod to hold the traces. Like the Italians, the Javanese deco- rate their pet animal with superfluous harness. The rain held up and our host sent a boy to guide us to a batik factory. ‘This looked like a fine concrete residence in front; orange trees were loaded with fruit, and a bird-house helt a number of small doves. We went to the back yard and entered the main building where [297] 150 Report of a Journey Around the World. half a dozen women were at work inacorner. Fig. 121 shows a similar scene, although not the one we saw. The cloth used is of native material and weave; the stands are neatly and conveni- ently made of bambu. ‘The necessary fire to keep the black wax molten was smouldering in the midst, and one or two babies were in the arms or on the back of the mothers without hindering toa great extent the work. A little brass pen with a bowl reservoir is I2I. PAINTING BATIK, GAROET. used to draw the pattern on the part to be protected from the action of the dye, and when only the part to be dyed is without the waxen shield it is dipped into the desired dye; the wax is afterwards melted off in boiling water and the process repeated. This freehand work is certainly attractive, and yet evidently doomed to pass, as the print works of Manchester have flooded the island with clever imitations of good types at greatly cheaper price. It is hard to detect these imitations, as the very irregularities of the hand-made specimen are all copied; they are seldom, if ever, done on native cloth. In the batik it is important to have the color of the dyes [298] Report of a Journey Around the World. I51 uniform. Red, yellow, orange, blue in various shades, were used.' In an adjoining room we were shown many attractive patterns, and we selected half a dozen to be sent to the hotel for farther ex- amination and the opinion of an expert. Asa result, and on com- pirison with a number of specimens brought in from the street, we purchased a tablecloth and a garment not a sarong (which has two distinct patterns), for five and seventeen roupias respectively. The work seemed good and was undoubtedly genuine; it took over three weeks to make the garment purchased. ASCENT OF GUNUNG PAPANDAJAN. Sept. 21. The rain was pouring heavily when I got up at four o’clock; the time to start was five, and I was quite ready after a ‘first breakfast’’ of tea, bread and a banana, but the cart was not ou hand and had to be sent for. It came at last and was one of the rare ones where one could look where he was going; I started soon after five, alone, for Mr. Wilson was still under the weather and fast asleep. My breakfast box was of good size and heavy, but I did not open it, and it was carefully placed under the seat. My raincoat was most comfortable, and I had a blanket over my knees while I held the curtains on both sides in protection as we drove fast with our three ‘‘paards’’ through the dimly lighted streets. It seemed a long way in the dark, but now and again came the delicious odor of the champaca. My contrary disposi- tion made my spirits rise as it grew darker just before dawn, and the comfort of having escaped the company of some uncongenial fellow-boarders, made the start as pleasant as a journey begun on a much brighter day. As we left the town the rain clouds gave out and yet left a sufficient supply of water in the rice fields that bordered the road on either side, and were visible before anything else. Their ap- pearance was much improved as I returned the same way in the brighter afternoon. Soon it was light enough for the prudent driver to blow out his lamps, and it was not long before we met early burden-bearers coming into town. ‘Then what I had taken for a black rain cloud to the north resolved itself into a huge mountain with its head still capped with a cloud of brighter tint. 'G. P. Rouffaerand Dr. H. H. Juynboll, De Batik-Kunst in Nederlandsch- Indie enhoer gescheidenei. Haarlem, 1900-5. 4to. [299] 152 Report of a Journey Around the World. Before it was fully light enough to read my watch, laborers were at their day’s task in the rice ponds, and as we passed native houses a few Javans appeared wrapped in sheets, while here and there a naked little boy standing on the verandah, oblivious of the cold damp air or the passer by, was making his morning offering to Ceres, or perhaps to no special god as so many church-goers in Christian countries pay their devotions. It soon became a puzzle to make out what the increasing num- ber of native travelers were carrying in their baskets on their way to town. I could recognize potatoes, beets, cucumbers, firewood, eggs, nuts, baskets, paddy; but there were flat baskets filled with mysterious cakes, square-cut and of a yellowish, mottled color, which I at first took for cheese, but as I passed them there was no cheesy odor, so I imagined crude wax, badly mixed bread, and so on, but have not yet solved the puzzle. Not many of the houses were yet open, but food stalls were tempting the early and perhaps breakfastless traveler. It was bright day when we got to Tjisoeroepan and pulled up at the Villa Pauline, which is situated in the midst of an extensive garden in which dahlias and roses were prominent. I found more flowers on my return, but was now busy in getting my paard, which soon arrived, a strong-looking pony with a very small saddle. Rejoiced to be again on horseback, I overlooked as well as over- rode this saddle, from which presumption I am still suffering as I sit on a soft cushion writing these notes. Two pleasant young Javans, one to take the place of a wegwijzer or guide, the other as paardenjongen or horsesboy, ran by my steed, who did not seem willing, or at least anxious, to carry his heavy burden away from home; he returned at increased speed. Some way in the little town, with plenty of time to admire the good roads and solid con- crete culverts, and bridges with walls curved inward so that only one carriage could pass at once; the comfortable bambu houses with neat fences of the same material in varied patterns, the guide- posts, that I could not always read, and the milestones that may and probably did measure something else, were all on hand: indeed I found my rather crooked way back by their means, as my paard kept generally ahead of the jongen and needed urging no longer. It was interesting to see the passage from village to plantation as the road rose rather rapidly, and then to open land with well [300] Report of a Journey Around the World. 153 cultivated and more scattered farms. ‘The plantations were fenced with various material, but never with cut wood or stone walls. The growing stems of the dark red Dracena were common, inter- twined with Lanxtana camarra, passion vine, or other twiner, while behind the fence which was often on a bank much higher than the roadbed, and was supported on the inner side by fruit or orna- mental trees, were rows of coffee or white daturas in full bloom. I noticed tea plantations, the plants hardly exceeding 30 inches in height, in rows with maize or coffee between each third or fourth row and the next; coffee plantations in which the trees were high and with few berries, not looking well generally; cinchona fields which looked much cleaner and more open to the sun, but even these had fruit trees scattered through them, most of these neither in blossom nor fruit, and the foliage unrecognized by me. At last the fenced lanes ceased and we were in the open coun- try, although there were two sets of bambu bars across the road, which we found open on our return, so I inferred that they were only closed at night to keep out stray goats or sheep which were common enough through the country. Here were fields of ground- nut and potatoes, of which the small round tubers supply the neighboring towns. The region I was wanting most to see came at last—the native forest, and with it came much up- with some downhill climbing. The trees were dripping from the morning rain, so my coat was still in use as well as for the cool air. The clayey road or path was slippery, as it probably is most of the time, for the bed is well planted with transverse rows of flat stones set edgewise to form secure footholds for the horses, and they were much needed, as I found when my paard first chose the unstoned side of the path; I took care afterwards that he kept within bounds, although he often had to zigzag across the steep incline. The dripping was soon forgotten, and I do not know when it ceased, for there were other things to notice, and of these the ani- mate thing claimed attention first, for the paard was panting at the top of a steep hill after perhaps the heaviest burden he had ever borne, so I dismounted to let him rest and the boys smoke their cigarettes while they tightened the girths. On the way out, in the rain and darkness, my driver had smoked his cigarette, although I did not see him light it, and I believe he must have [301] 154 Report of a Journey Around the World. taken it ready-lighted from some receptacle (the Javanese seem to have no pockets, but their usual dress may be considered one uni- versal pocket). The smell was nasty, but I had not the heart to stop him from the comfort he seemed to get during his disagreeable drive, and I was later rewarded for my selfdenial by a whiff of my favorite champaca. Where we stopped the ground was white with the fallen blos- soms of a tree far above our heads, and this tree was rather common. A small pink blossom on a trailing plant was bright on the banks, and the tall stems of a plant of the ginger family like an A/pinia, was a marked feature of the flora just here; later on a long-branch- ing raspberry with light green leaves, much resembling the Ha- waiian akala, stretched out of the jungle over the pathway, and another Hawaiian acquaintance (I can hardly call it friend), the branching fern G/lezchenta in two species, one certainly Hawaiian, monopolized the thicket on either side. Higher up were the brakes (Pteris aguilina) of world-wide distribution, but of gigantic size, showing either that they were at home or else degenerate, as some little philosophers regard the gigantesque. ‘Tall tree ferns of graceful form and long, green, sprouting stems of the brake were intermingled, reminding me of the long green snakes I had seen twining in their cage in the museum in Buitenzorg. Another fern began to appear on the banks and preceded us high up as the crater walls,' graceful in leaf and long in stem, but growing less in size as it climbed the mountain, although the small, high-growing mountaineers seemed to have more fertile fronds than their grander forest brethren below. At last the noise of escaping steam was heard and the smell of sulphur was quite perceptible, and the clear little rills that had rattled over the stones by the roadside much of the way in the forest gave place to unsightly, dark-colored streams oozing from the banks, or spreading over rocks, and hotter than they should be at that time of day or at the elevation we had reached. Soon one of the boys exclaimed ‘‘Hot!’’ and there was really a stream too hot for a comfortable footbath. As the woods dwindled the shrubs reminded me more and more of the flora of similar elevations on the Hawaiian group. ‘To the Gletchenta was now added the club- moss (the wawae iole of the Hawaiians, Lycopodium cernuum), and 'T was fortunately able to bring good specimens to the herbarium. [302] Report of a Journey Around the World. 15 on a shrub with much the habit of the ohelo ( Vaccinium), and we came rather abruptly to the bare rocks where we soon left the paard and the paardjonjen, while the ‘‘wayknower’’ with the provision box and my raincoat (which I needed no more that day) went on over a roughly paved and at last steeply ascending path to the crater edge. How I regretted my vanished youth as I saw the light, half-dressed Javanese boy walk lightly up, while I had to 122. THE CRATER OF PAPANDAJAN. rest for breath two or three times! At last we were at the end of our climb, and ina little temple to Vulcan (or whoever of the Java- nese Pantheon looked alter volcanoes), erected by the Dutch Gov- ernment for the greater comfort of travelers, I gladly opened my provision box for the first time (it was opened many times, later, to receive specimens of both rock and plant as we descended the mountain). I was amused, for besides two very small hard-boiled bantam eggs and a paper of salt there were two slices of buttered bread made into marmalade sandwiches, a corkscrew (superfluous, as I always carry that implement in my pocket knife), and four bottles containing ale, claret, and two of soda water. ‘Thought of [303 | 156 Report of a Journey Around the World. Falstaff and his bit of bread in an ocean of wine, and wondered whether my kind host of the Papandajan had recognized in my rather glum personalit: any trace of the jolly old knight. After this temperate repast (I opened only one bottle of ‘American Mineral Water’’, and carried the rest back to the hotel where Mr. Wilson and I enjoyed the ale at dinner that night) both my wind and my locomotive powers were so much improved that I gaily followed the little guide to the steam blowhole, whose noise I had heard for a mile or more, and to the very pretty sulphur cones. We were 2600 m. above the sea, and had entered the crater through the rent left by the only known great eruption of August 12, 1772, when forty villages were destroyed and 3coo people lost their lives. The walls before and on either side 270 m. high, from which descends the little stream that flows, almost boiling, through the crater. The crust we went over was the usual solfataric crust of decomposing lava, the latter not in the least like the basalt of the Hawaiian volcanoes, but showing every shade of light gray, and even purples, and red ochre. We crossed the very respectable stream of hot water running over pebbles covered with a dark green algae, by a bridge whose timbers showed the decomposing action of the sulphur fumes. Here and there were little spluttering pools of mud or clear water, and these were scattered over a consider- able area. The quantity of steam was great, and at the principal vent issued with a force apparently equal to the blow-off of a large ocean steamer; the pressure at the holes in the sulphur bank was much less. As we turned to go back the steam jet also veered, and we had to wait a minute for it to turn again, and then hastened on out of its path, for I knew the treacherous way of these natural steam jets in volcanic regions. ‘The walls of the crater seemed to be indurated ash, and huge fragments of a more homogeneous trachytic rock were scattered about, not bombs, but real fragments, such as we saw frequently in the rice fields a long way from any vent.